1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "TargetInfo.h"
16 #include "ABIInfo.h"
17 #include "CGCXXABI.h"
18 #include "CGValue.h"
19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
24 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
25 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
26 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
27 
28 #include <algorithm>    // std::sort
29 
30 using namespace clang;
31 using namespace CodeGen;
32 
33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34                                llvm::Value *Array,
35                                llvm::Value *Value,
36                                unsigned FirstIndex,
37                                unsigned LastIndex) {
38   // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39   for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40     llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41     Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42   }
43 }
44 
45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
46   return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
47          T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48 }
49 
50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51 
52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
53                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
54   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55   if (!RD)
56     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
57   return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
58 }
59 
60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
61                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
62   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63   if (!RT)
64     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
65   return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66 }
67 
68 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
69   return CGT.getCXXABI();
70 }
71 
72 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
73   return CGT.getContext();
74 }
75 
76 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
77   return CGT.getLLVMContext();
78 }
79 
80 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
81   return CGT.getDataLayout();
82 }
83 
84 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
85   return CGT.getTarget();
86 }
87 
88 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
89   raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
90   OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
91   switch (TheKind) {
92   case Direct:
93     OS << "Direct Type=";
94     if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
95       Ty->print(OS);
96     else
97       OS << "null";
98     break;
99   case Extend:
100     OS << "Extend";
101     break;
102   case Ignore:
103     OS << "Ignore";
104     break;
105   case InAlloca:
106     OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
107     break;
108   case Indirect:
109     OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
110        << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
111        << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
112     break;
113   case Expand:
114     OS << "Expand";
115     break;
116   }
117   OS << ")\n";
118 }
119 
120 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
121 
122 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
123 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
124 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
125   // Verified for:
126   //   x86-64     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127   //   x86-32     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
128   //   PowerPC    Linux, Darwin
129   //   ARM        Darwin (*not* EABI)
130   //   AArch64    Linux
131   return 32;
132 }
133 
134 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
135                                      const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
136   // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
137   //   x86_stdcall
138   //   MIPS
139   // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
140   return false;
141 }
142 
143 void
144 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
145                                              llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
146   // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
147   // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
148   // dynamic.
149   Opt = "-l";
150   Opt += Lib;
151 }
152 
153 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
154 
155 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
156 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
157 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
158                          bool AllowArrays) {
159   if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
160     return true;
161 
162   QualType FT = FD->getType();
163 
164   // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
165   // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
166   if (AllowArrays)
167     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
168       if (AT->getSize() == 0)
169         return true;
170       FT = AT->getElementType();
171     }
172 
173   const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
174   if (!RT)
175     return false;
176 
177   // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
178   //
179   // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
180   // current ABI.
181   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
182     return false;
183 
184   return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
185 }
186 
187 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
188 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
189 /// considered empty.
190 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
191   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
192   if (!RT)
193     return 0;
194   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
195   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
196     return false;
197 
198   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
199   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
200     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
201       if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
202         return false;
203 
204   for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
205     if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
206       return false;
207   return true;
208 }
209 
210 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
211 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
212 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element
213 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
214 /// considered single element structs.
215 ///
216 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
217 /// it exists.
218 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
219   const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
220   if (!RT)
221     return nullptr;
222 
223   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
224   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
225     return nullptr;
226 
227   const Type *Found = nullptr;
228 
229   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
230   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
231     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
232       // Ignore empty records.
233       if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
234         continue;
235 
236       // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
237       if (Found)
238         return nullptr;
239 
240       // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
241       // cannot be a single element struct.
242       Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
243       if (!Found)
244         return nullptr;
245     }
246   }
247 
248   // Check for single element.
249   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
250     QualType FT = FD->getType();
251 
252     // Ignore empty fields.
253     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
254       continue;
255 
256     // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
257     // struct.
258     if (Found)
259       return nullptr;
260 
261     // Treat single element arrays as the element.
262     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
263       if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
264         break;
265       FT = AT->getElementType();
266     }
267 
268     if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
269       Found = FT.getTypePtr();
270     } else {
271       Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
272       if (!Found)
273         return nullptr;
274     }
275   }
276 
277   // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
278   // padding beyond the element type.
279   if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
280     return nullptr;
281 
282   return Found;
283 }
284 
285 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
286   // Treat complex types as the element type.
287   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
288     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
289 
290   // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
291   // convention without any padding.  (We're specifically looking for 32
292   // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
293   if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
294       !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
295     return false;
296 
297   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
298   return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
299 }
300 
301 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
302 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
303 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
304 /// inhibiting optimizations.
305 ///
306 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
307 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
308 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
309 // capable of handling it.
310 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
311   // We can only expand structure types.
312   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
313   if (!RT)
314     return false;
315 
316   // We can only expand (C) structures.
317   //
318   // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
319   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
320   if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
321     return false;
322 
323   uint64_t Size = 0;
324 
325   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
326     if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
327       return false;
328 
329     // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
330     // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
331     // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
332     if (FD->isBitField())
333       return false;
334 
335     Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
336   }
337 
338   // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
339   if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
340     return false;
341 
342   return true;
343 }
344 
345 namespace {
346 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
347 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in
348 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
349 /// conform to any particular ABI.
350 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
351 public:
352   DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
353 
354   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
355   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
356 
357   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
358     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
359       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
360     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
361       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
362   }
363 
364   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
365                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
366 };
367 
368 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
369 public:
370   DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
371     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
372 };
373 
374 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
375                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
376   return nullptr;
377 }
378 
379 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
380   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
381     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
382 
383   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
384   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
385     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
386 
387   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
388           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
389 }
390 
391 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
392   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
393     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
394 
395   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
396     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
397 
398   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
399   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
400     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
401 
402   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
403           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
404 }
405 
406 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
407 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
408 //
409 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI.  Arguments and return values
410 // are always passed on the stack.
411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
412 
413 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
414  public:
415   PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
416 
417   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
418   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
419 
420   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
421   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
422                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
423 };
424 
425 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
426  public:
427   PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
428     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
429 };
430 
431 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
432   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
433     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
434 
435   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
436     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
437 }
438 
439 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
440                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
441   return nullptr;
442 }
443 
444 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
445 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
446   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
447     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
448       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
449     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
450   } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
451     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
452     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
453   } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
454     // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
455     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
456   }
457 
458   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
459           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
460 }
461 
462 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
463   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
464     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
465 
466   // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
467   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
468     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
469 
470   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
471   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
472     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
473 
474   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
475           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
476 }
477 
478 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
479 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
480   // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
481   return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
482     cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
483     IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
484 }
485 
486 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
487                                           StringRef Constraint,
488                                           llvm::Type* Ty) {
489   if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
490     if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
491       // Invalid MMX constraint
492       return nullptr;
493     }
494 
495     return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
496   }
497 
498   // No operation needed
499   return Ty;
500 }
501 
502 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
503 // X86-32 ABI Implementation
504 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
505 
506 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
507 struct CCState {
508   CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
509 
510   unsigned CC;
511   unsigned FreeRegs;
512   unsigned StackOffset;
513   bool UseInAlloca;
514 };
515 
516 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
517 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
518   enum Class {
519     Integer,
520     Float
521   };
522 
523   static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
524 
525   bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
526   bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
527   bool IsWin32StructABI;
528   unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
529 
530   static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
531     return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
532   }
533 
534   bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
535 
536   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
537   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
538   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
539 
540   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
541 
542   /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
543   unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
544 
545   Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
546   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
548   bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
549 
550   /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
551   /// inalloca.
552   void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
553 
554   void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
555                            unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
556                            QualType Type) const;
557 
558 public:
559 
560   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
561   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
562                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
563 
564   X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
565                 unsigned r)
566     : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
567       IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
568 };
569 
570 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
571 public:
572   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
573       bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
574     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
575 
576   static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
577       const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
578 
579   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
580                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
581 
582   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
583     // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
584     if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
585     return 4;
586   }
587 
588   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
589                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
590 
591   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
592                                   StringRef Constraint,
593                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
594     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
595   }
596 
597   void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
598                                 std::string &Constraints,
599                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
600                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
601                                 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
602                                 std::string &AsmString,
603                                 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
604 
605   llvm::Constant *
606   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
607     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
608                    (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
609                    ('F' << 16) |
610                    ('T' << 24);
611     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
612   }
613 
614 };
615 
616 }
617 
618 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
619 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
620 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
621 ///     mov $0, $1
622 ///     mov eax, $1
623 /// The result will be:
624 ///     mov $0, $2
625 ///     mov eax, $2
626 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
627                                              unsigned NumNewOuts,
628                                              std::string &AsmString) {
629   std::string Buf;
630   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
631   size_t Pos = 0;
632   while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
633     size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
634     if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
635       DollarStart = AsmString.size();
636     size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
637     if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
638       DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
639     OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
640     Pos = DollarEnd;
641     size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
642     if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
643       // We have an operand reference.
644       size_t DigitStart = Pos;
645       size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
646       if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
647         DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
648       StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
649       unsigned OperandIndex;
650       if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
651         if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
652           OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
653         OS << OperandIndex;
654       } else {
655         OS << OperandStr;
656       }
657       Pos = DigitEnd;
658     }
659   }
660   AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
661 }
662 
663 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
664 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
665     CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
666     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
667     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
668     std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
669     unsigned NumOutputs) const {
670   uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
671 
672   // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
673   // larger.
674   if (!Constraints.empty())
675     Constraints += ',';
676   if (RetWidth <= 32) {
677     Constraints += "={eax}";
678     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
679   } else {
680     // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
681     Constraints += "=A";
682     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
683   }
684 
685   // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
686   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
687   ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
688 
689   // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
690   ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
691                                                   CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
692   ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
693 
694   rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
695 }
696 
697 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
698 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
699 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
700                                                ASTContext &Context) const {
701   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
702 
703   // Type must be register sized.
704   if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
705     return false;
706 
707   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
708     // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
709     // registers.
710     if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
711       return false;
712 
713     return true;
714   }
715 
716   // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
717   // member function pointer it is ok.
718   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
719       Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
720       Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
721     return true;
722 
723   // Arrays are treated like records.
724   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
725     return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
726 
727   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
728   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
729   if (!RT) return false;
730 
731   // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
732 
733   // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
734   // passed in a register.
735   for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
736     // Empty fields are ignored.
737     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
738       continue;
739 
740     // Check fields recursively.
741     if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
742       return false;
743   }
744   return true;
745 }
746 
747 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
748   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
749   // integer register.
750   if (State.FreeRegs) {
751     --State.FreeRegs;
752     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
753   }
754   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
755 }
756 
757 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
758   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
759     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
760 
761   if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
762     // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
763     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
764       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
765 
766       // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
767       // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
768       // backend will like.
769       if (Size == 128)
770         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
771                   llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
772 
773       // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
774       // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
775       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
776           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
777         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
778                                                             Size));
779 
780       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
781     }
782 
783     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
784   }
785 
786   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
787     if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
788       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
789       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
790         return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
791     }
792 
793     // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
794     if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
795       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
796 
797     // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
798     // in a register.
799     if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
800       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
801 
802       // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
803       // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
804       // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
805       // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
806       // quality of the generated IR.
807       if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
808         if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
809             || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
810           return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
811 
812       // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
813       // padding.
814       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
815     }
816 
817     return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
818   }
819 
820   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
821   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
822     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
823 
824   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
825           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
826 }
827 
828 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
829   return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
830 }
831 
832 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
833   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
834   if (!RT)
835     return 0;
836   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
837 
838   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
839   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
840     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
841       if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
842         return false;
843 
844   for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
845     QualType FT = i->getType();
846 
847     if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
848       return true;
849 
850     if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
851       return true;
852   }
853 
854   return false;
855 }
856 
857 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
858                                                  unsigned Align) const {
859   // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
860   // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
861   if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
862     return 0; // Use default alignment.
863 
864   // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
865   if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
866     // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
867     return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
868   }
869 
870   // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
871   if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
872                       isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
873     return 16;
874 
875   return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
876 }
877 
878 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
879                                             CCState &State) const {
880   if (!ByVal) {
881     if (State.FreeRegs) {
882       --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
883       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
884     }
885     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
886   }
887 
888   // Compute the byval alignment.
889   unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
890   unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
891   if (StackAlign == 0)
892     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
893 
894   // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
895   // argument.
896   bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
897   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
898 }
899 
900 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
901   const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
902   if (!T)
903     T = Ty.getTypePtr();
904 
905   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
906     BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
907     if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
908       return Float;
909   }
910   return Integer;
911 }
912 
913 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
914                                    bool &NeedsPadding) const {
915   NeedsPadding = false;
916   Class C = classify(Ty);
917   if (C == Float)
918     return false;
919 
920   unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
921   unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
922 
923   if (SizeInRegs == 0)
924     return false;
925 
926   if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
927     State.FreeRegs = 0;
928     return false;
929   }
930 
931   State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
932 
933   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
934     if (Size > 32)
935       return false;
936 
937     if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
938       return true;
939 
940     if (Ty->isPointerType())
941       return true;
942 
943     if (Ty->isReferenceType())
944       return true;
945 
946     if (State.FreeRegs)
947       NeedsPadding = true;
948 
949     return false;
950   }
951 
952   return true;
953 }
954 
955 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
956                                                CCState &State) const {
957   // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
958   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
959     if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
960       // Check with the C++ ABI first.
961       CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
962       if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
963         return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
964       } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
965         // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
966         return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
967       }
968 
969       // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
970       if (IsWin32StructABI)
971         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
972 
973       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
974       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
975         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
976     }
977 
978     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
979     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
980       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
981 
982     llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
983     llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
984     bool NeedsPadding;
985     if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
986       unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
987       SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
988       llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
989       return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
990     }
991     llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
992 
993     // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
994     // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
995     // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
996     // optimizations.
997     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
998         canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
999       return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
1000           State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
1001 
1002     return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1003   }
1004 
1005   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1006     // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1007     // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
1008     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1009       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1010       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1011           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1012         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1013                                                             Size));
1014     }
1015 
1016     if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1017       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
1018 
1019     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1020   }
1021 
1022 
1023   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1024     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1025 
1026   bool NeedsPadding;
1027   bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
1028 
1029   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1030     if (InReg)
1031       return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1032     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1033   }
1034   if (InReg)
1035     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1036   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1037 }
1038 
1039 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1040   CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1041   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1042     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1043   else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
1044     State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
1045   else
1046     State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
1047 
1048   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
1049     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
1050   } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1051     // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1052     // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1053     if (State.FreeRegs) {
1054       --State.FreeRegs;  // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1055       FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1056     }
1057   }
1058 
1059   bool UsedInAlloca = false;
1060   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1061     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1062     UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
1063   }
1064 
1065   // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1066   // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1067   if (UsedInAlloca)
1068     rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1069 }
1070 
1071 void
1072 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1073                                    unsigned &StackOffset,
1074                                    ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
1075   assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1076   Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1077   FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1078   StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1079 
1080   // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.  For x86_32, each argument is 4
1081   // byte aligned.
1082   if (StackOffset % 4U) {
1083     unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
1084     StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
1085     unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1086     assert(NumBytes);
1087     llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1088     Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1089     FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1090   }
1091 }
1092 
1093 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1094   // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1095   switch (Info.getKind()) {
1096   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1097     return true;
1098   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1099     assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1100     return true;
1101   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1102     return false;
1103   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1104   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1105   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1106     if (Info.getInReg())
1107       return false;
1108     return true;
1109   }
1110   llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1111 }
1112 
1113 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1114   assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1115 
1116   // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1117   SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1118 
1119   unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1120   CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1121 
1122   // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1123   bool IsThisCall =
1124       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1125   ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1126   if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1127       isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1128     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1129     ++I;
1130   }
1131 
1132   // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1133   if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1134     CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1135     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
1136     // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1137     Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
1138   }
1139 
1140   // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1141   if (IsThisCall)
1142     ++I;
1143 
1144   // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1145   for (; I != E; ++I) {
1146     if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1147       addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1148   }
1149 
1150   FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1151                                         /*isPacked=*/true));
1152 }
1153 
1154 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1155                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
1156   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
1157 
1158   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1159   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1160                                                        "ap");
1161   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
1162 
1163   // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1164   unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1165   Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1166   Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1167   if (Align > 4) {
1168     // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1169     llvm::Value *Offset =
1170       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1171     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1172     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1173                                                     CGF.Int32Ty);
1174     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1175     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1176                                       Addr->getType(),
1177                                       "ap.cur.aligned");
1178   }
1179 
1180   llvm::Type *PTy =
1181     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
1182   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1183 
1184   uint64_t Offset =
1185     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
1186   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
1187     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
1188                       "ap.next");
1189   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1190 
1191   return AddrTyped;
1192 }
1193 
1194 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1195     const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1196   assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1197 
1198   switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1199   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1200     break;
1201   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack:  // -fpcc-struct-return
1202     return false;
1203   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs:  // -freg-struct-return
1204     return true;
1205   }
1206 
1207   if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1208     return true;
1209 
1210   switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1211   case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1212   case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1213   case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1214   case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1215     return true;
1216   case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1217     switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
1218     case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
1219     case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
1220     case llvm::Triple::GNU:
1221     case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
1222       return true;
1223     default:
1224       return false;
1225     }
1226   default:
1227     return false;
1228   }
1229 }
1230 
1231 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1232                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1233                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1234   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1235     if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1236       // Get the LLVM function.
1237       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1238 
1239       // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
1240       llvm::AttrBuilder B;
1241       B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
1242       Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1243                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1244                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1245                                               B));
1246     }
1247   }
1248 }
1249 
1250 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1251                                                CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1252                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
1253   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1254 
1255   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
1256 
1257   // 0-7 are the eight integer registers;  the order is different
1258   //   on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1259   // 8 is %eip.
1260   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
1261 
1262   if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
1263     // 12-16 are st(0..4).  Not sure why we stop at 4.
1264     // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1265     // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
1266     llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
1267     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
1268 
1269   } else {
1270     // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1271     // reason.
1272     Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1273 
1274     // 11-16 are st(0..5).  Not sure why we stop at 5.
1275     // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1276     // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
1277     llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
1278     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1279   }
1280 
1281   return false;
1282 }
1283 
1284 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1285 // X86-64 ABI Implementation
1286 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1287 
1288 
1289 namespace {
1290 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1291 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1292   enum Class {
1293     Integer = 0,
1294     SSE,
1295     SSEUp,
1296     X87,
1297     X87Up,
1298     ComplexX87,
1299     NoClass,
1300     Memory
1301   };
1302 
1303   /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1304   ///
1305   /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1306   /// classification \arg Field.
1307   ///
1308   /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1309   /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1310   /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1311   /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
1312   static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
1313 
1314   /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1315   ///
1316   /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1317   /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1318   ///
1319   /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1320   /// the classification process.
1321   ///
1322   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1323   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1324   ///
1325   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1326   /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1327   ///
1328   void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1329 
1330   /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1331   /// given type T should be passed.
1332   ///
1333   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1334   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1335   ///
1336   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1337   /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1338   ///
1339   /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1340   /// containing object.  Some parameters are classified different
1341   /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1342   ///
1343   /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1344   /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1345   ///
1346   /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1347   /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1348   /// will be Memory.
1349   ///
1350   /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
1351   ///
1352   /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1353   /// also be ComplexX87.
1354   void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1355                 bool isNamedArg) const;
1356 
1357   llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1358   llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1359                                  unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1360                                  unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1361   llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1362                                      unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1363                                      unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1364 
1365   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1366   /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
1367   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
1368 
1369   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1370   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
1371   ///
1372   /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1373   /// available.
1374   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
1375 
1376   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
1377 
1378   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1379                                   unsigned freeIntRegs,
1380                                   unsigned &neededInt,
1381                                   unsigned &neededSSE,
1382                                   bool isNamedArg) const;
1383 
1384   bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1385 
1386   /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1387   /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1388   /// certain previous compilers.  In particular, platforms which
1389   /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1390   /// may need to exempt themselves.
1391   bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
1392     return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
1393   }
1394 
1395   bool HasAVX;
1396   // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1397   // 64-bit hardware.
1398   bool Has64BitPointers;
1399 
1400 public:
1401   X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
1402       ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
1403       Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
1404   }
1405 
1406   bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1407     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
1408     // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
1409     ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1410                                            /*isNamedArg*/true);
1411     if (info.isDirect()) {
1412       llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1413       if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1414         return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1415     }
1416     return false;
1417   }
1418 
1419   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1420 
1421   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1422                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1423 };
1424 
1425 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
1426 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1427 
1428   ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
1429 
1430 public:
1431   WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1432 
1433   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1434 
1435   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1436                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1437 };
1438 
1439 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1440   bool HasAVX;
1441 public:
1442   X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1443       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1444 
1445   const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1446     return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1447   }
1448 
1449   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1450     return 7;
1451   }
1452 
1453   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1454                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1455     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1456 
1457     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1458     // 16 is %rip.
1459     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1460     return false;
1461   }
1462 
1463   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1464                                   StringRef Constraint,
1465                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
1466     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1467   }
1468 
1469   bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
1470                              const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
1471     // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1472     // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
1473     // function, so we override the default behavior.  However, don't do
1474     // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1475     // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1476     // defines varargs anyway.
1477     if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
1478       bool HasAVXType = false;
1479       for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1480              it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1481         if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1482           HasAVXType = true;
1483           break;
1484         }
1485       }
1486 
1487       if (!HasAVXType)
1488         return true;
1489     }
1490 
1491     return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
1492   }
1493 
1494   llvm::Constant *
1495   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1496     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1497                    (0x0a << 8) |  //           .+0x0c
1498                    ('F' << 16) |
1499                    ('T' << 24);
1500     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1501   }
1502 
1503   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1504     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1505   }
1506 };
1507 
1508 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1509   // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1510   // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1511   std::string ArgStr = Lib;
1512   if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
1513     ArgStr += ".lib";
1514   return ArgStr;
1515 }
1516 
1517 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1518 public:
1519   WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1520         bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1521     : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
1522 
1523   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1524                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1525     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1526     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1527   }
1528 
1529   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1530                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1531                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1532     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1533   }
1534 };
1535 
1536 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1537   bool HasAVX;
1538 public:
1539   WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1540     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1541 
1542   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1543     return 7;
1544   }
1545 
1546   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1547                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1548     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1549 
1550     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1551     // 16 is %rip.
1552     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1553     return false;
1554   }
1555 
1556   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1557                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1558     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1559     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1560   }
1561 
1562   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1563                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1564                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1565     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1566   }
1567 
1568   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1569     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1570   }
1571 };
1572 
1573 }
1574 
1575 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1576                               Class &Hi) const {
1577   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1578   //
1579   // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1580   //     memory.
1581   //
1582   // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1583   //     memory.
1584   //
1585   // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1586   //     eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1587   //     argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1588   //     ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1589   //
1590   // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1591   //
1592   // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic.  Others can arise
1593   // only with unions; for example:
1594   //   union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1595   //
1596   // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1597   //
1598   if (Hi == Memory)
1599     Lo = Memory;
1600   if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1601     Lo = Memory;
1602   if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1603     Lo = Memory;
1604   if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1605     Hi = SSE;
1606 }
1607 
1608 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
1609   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1610   // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1611   // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1612   // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1613   //
1614   // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1615   //
1616   // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1617   // the other class.
1618   //
1619   // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1620   // class.
1621   //
1622   // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1623   // INTEGER.
1624   //
1625   // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1626   // MEMORY is used as class.
1627   //
1628   // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1629 
1630   // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1631   // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1632   assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1633          "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1634   if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1635     return Accum;
1636   if (Field == Memory)
1637     return Memory;
1638   if (Accum == NoClass)
1639     return Field;
1640   if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
1641     return Integer;
1642   if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1643       Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
1644     return Memory;
1645   return SSE;
1646 }
1647 
1648 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
1649                              Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
1650   // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1651   // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1652   // situations.
1653 
1654   // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1655   // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1656   // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1657 
1658   Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1659 
1660   Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1661   Current = Memory;
1662 
1663   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1664     BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1665 
1666     if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1667       Current = NoClass;
1668     } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1669       Lo = Integer;
1670       Hi = Integer;
1671     } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1672       Current = Integer;
1673     } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1674                (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
1675                 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
1676       Current = SSE;
1677     } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1678       Lo = X87;
1679       Hi = X87Up;
1680     }
1681     // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1682     // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
1683     return;
1684   }
1685 
1686   if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
1687     // Classify the underlying integer type.
1688     classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
1689     return;
1690   }
1691 
1692   if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
1693     Current = Integer;
1694     return;
1695   }
1696 
1697   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
1698     if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1699       if (Has64BitPointers) {
1700         // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1701         // Lo and Hi now.
1702         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1703       } else {
1704         // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1705         // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1706         uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1707         uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1708         if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1709           Lo = Hi = Integer;
1710         } else {
1711           Current = Integer;
1712         }
1713       }
1714     } else {
1715       Current = Integer;
1716     }
1717     return;
1718   }
1719 
1720   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1721     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
1722     if (Size == 32) {
1723       // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1724       // float> as integer.
1725       Current = Integer;
1726 
1727       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1728       // split.
1729       uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1730       uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1731       if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1732         Hi = Lo;
1733     } else if (Size == 64) {
1734       // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1735       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1736         return;
1737 
1738       // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
1739       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1740           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1741           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1742           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
1743         Current = Integer;
1744       else
1745         Current = SSE;
1746 
1747       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1748       // split.
1749       if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1750         Hi = Lo;
1751     } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
1752       // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1753       // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1754       // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1755       // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1756       // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1757       // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1758       // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
1759       //
1760       // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1761       // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1762       // variadic function.
1763       Lo = SSE;
1764       Hi = SSEUp;
1765     }
1766     return;
1767   }
1768 
1769   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1770     QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
1771 
1772     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1773     if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
1774       if (Size <= 64)
1775         Current = Integer;
1776       else if (Size <= 128)
1777         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1778     } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
1779       Current = SSE;
1780     else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1781              (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
1782               getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
1783       Lo = Hi = SSE;
1784     else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
1785       Current = ComplexX87;
1786 
1787     // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1788     // should be split.
1789     uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1790     uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
1791     if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1792       Hi = Lo;
1793 
1794     return;
1795   }
1796 
1797   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1798     // Arrays are treated like structures.
1799 
1800     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1801 
1802     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1803     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1804     if (Size > 256)
1805       return;
1806 
1807     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1808     // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1809     //
1810     // Only need to check alignment of array base.
1811     if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
1812       return;
1813 
1814     // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1815     // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1816     Current = NoClass;
1817     uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1818     uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1819 
1820     // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1821     // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1822     // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1823     if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1824       return;
1825 
1826     for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1827       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1828       classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1829       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1830       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1831       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1832         break;
1833     }
1834 
1835     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
1836     assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
1837     return;
1838   }
1839 
1840   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1841     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1842 
1843     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1844     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1845     if (Size > 256)
1846       return;
1847 
1848     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1849     // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1850     // reference.
1851     if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
1852       return;
1853 
1854     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1855 
1856     // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1857     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1858       return;
1859 
1860     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
1861 
1862     // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1863     Current = NoClass;
1864 
1865     // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1866     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
1867       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1868         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
1869                "Unexpected base class!");
1870         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
1871           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1872 
1873         // Classify this field.
1874         //
1875         // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1876         // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1877         // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1878         Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1879         uint64_t Offset =
1880           OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
1881         classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1882         Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1883         Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1884         if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1885           break;
1886       }
1887     }
1888 
1889     // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
1890     unsigned idx = 0;
1891     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
1892            i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
1893       uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1894       bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1895 
1896       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1897       // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
1898       //
1899       // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1900       // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1901       // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1902       //
1903       if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1904         Lo = Memory;
1905         return;
1906       }
1907       // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
1908       if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
1909         Lo = Memory;
1910         return;
1911       }
1912 
1913       // Classify this field.
1914       //
1915       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1916       // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1917       // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1918       // NO_CLASS.
1919       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1920 
1921       // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1922       // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1923       // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1924       if (BitField) {
1925         // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1926         if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1927           continue;
1928 
1929         uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1930         uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
1931 
1932         uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1933         uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
1934 
1935         if (EB_Lo) {
1936           assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1937           FieldLo = NoClass;
1938           FieldHi = Integer;
1939         } else {
1940           FieldLo = Integer;
1941           FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1942         }
1943       } else
1944         classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1945       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1946       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1947       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1948         break;
1949     }
1950 
1951     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
1952   }
1953 }
1954 
1955 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
1956   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1957   // place naturally.
1958   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1959     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1960     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1961       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1962 
1963     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1964             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1965   }
1966 
1967   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1968 }
1969 
1970 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1971   if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1972     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1973     unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1974     if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1975       return true;
1976   }
1977 
1978   return false;
1979 }
1980 
1981 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1982                                             unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
1983   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1984   // place naturally.
1985   //
1986   // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1987   // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1988   // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1989   // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1990   // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
1991   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
1992     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1993     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1994       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1995 
1996     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1997             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1998   }
1999 
2000   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
2001     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2002 
2003   // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2004   // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2005   unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
2006 
2007   // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2008   // is important for good codegen.
2009   //
2010   // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2011   // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2012   //
2013   // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2014   // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2015   // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2016   // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2017   // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2018   // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2019   // might be inreg.
2020   //
2021   // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2022   // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2023   // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2024   // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2025   //
2026   // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2027   // attributes. See PR12193.
2028   if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2029     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2030 
2031     // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2032     // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2033     if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2034       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2035                                                           Size));
2036   }
2037 
2038   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
2039 }
2040 
2041 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
2042 /// full vector XMM/YMM register.  Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
2043 /// vector register.
2044 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2045   llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2046 
2047   // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
2048   // strip them off if present.
2049   llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2050   while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
2051     IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
2052     STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2053   }
2054 
2055   // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
2056   if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2057     llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
2058     unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
2059     if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
2060         (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2061          EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2062          EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2063          EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2064       return VT;
2065   }
2066 
2067   return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2068 }
2069 
2070 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2071 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2072 /// alignment padding.  The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2073 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2074 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2075 ///
2076 /// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2077 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2078                                   unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2079   // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2080   // data hiding here.  This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2081   // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2082   unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2083   if (TySize <= StartBit)
2084     return true;
2085 
2086   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2087     unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2088     unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2089 
2090     // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2091     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2092       // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2093       unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2094       if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
2095 
2096       unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2097       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2098                                  EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2099         return false;
2100     }
2101     // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2102     return true;
2103   }
2104 
2105   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2106     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2107     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2108 
2109     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2110     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2111       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2112         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2113                "Unexpected base class!");
2114         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2115           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2116 
2117         // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
2118         unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2119         if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
2120 
2121         unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
2122         if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
2123                                    EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2124           return false;
2125       }
2126     }
2127 
2128     // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest.  Yes
2129     // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2130     // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2131     // much.
2132     unsigned idx = 0;
2133     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2134          i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2135       unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2136 
2137       // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2138       if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2139 
2140       unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2141       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2142                                  Context))
2143         return false;
2144     }
2145 
2146     // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2147     // clean.
2148     return true;
2149   }
2150 
2151   return false;
2152 }
2153 
2154 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2155 /// float member at the specified offset.  For example, {int,{float}} has a
2156 /// float at offset 4.  It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2157 /// false.
2158 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2159                                   const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2160   // Base case if we find a float.
2161   if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2162     return true;
2163 
2164   // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2165   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2166     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2167     unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2168     IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2169     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2170   }
2171 
2172   // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2173   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2174     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2175     unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2176     IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2177     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2178   }
2179 
2180   return false;
2181 }
2182 
2183 
2184 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2185 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
2186 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2187 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2188                    QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2189   // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
2190   // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding.  This happens for
2191   // structs that contain 3 floats.
2192   if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2193                             SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2194     return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
2195 
2196   // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2197   // offset+0 and offset+4.  Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2198   // case.
2199   if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2200       ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
2201     return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2202 
2203   return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2204 }
2205 
2206 
2207 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2208 /// an 8-byte GPR.  This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2209 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct.  This routine picks
2210 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
2211 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2212 /// etc).
2213 ///
2214 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2215 /// the source type.  IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2216 /// the 8-byte value references.  PrefType may be null.
2217 ///
2218 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument.  SourceOffset is
2219 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2220 ///
2221 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2222 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2223                        QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2224   // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2225   // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it.  See if we can safely use it.
2226   if (IROffset == 0) {
2227     // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
2228     if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2229         IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
2230       return IRType;
2231 
2232     // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2233     // goodness in the source type is just tail padding.  This is allowed to
2234     // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2235     // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int.  We
2236     // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2237     // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2238     if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2239         IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2240         (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2241       unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2242           cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
2243 
2244       if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2245                                 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2246         return IRType;
2247     }
2248   }
2249 
2250   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2251     // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2252     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
2253     if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2254       unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2255       IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
2256 
2257       return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2258                                     SourceTy, SourceOffset);
2259     }
2260   }
2261 
2262   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2263     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2264     unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2265     unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2266     return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2267                                   SourceOffset);
2268   }
2269 
2270   // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2271   // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
2272   unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2273     (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
2274 
2275   assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
2276 
2277   // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2278   // isn't larger than the structure.
2279   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2280                                 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
2281 }
2282 
2283 
2284 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2285 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2286 /// first class aggregate to represent them.  For example, if the low part of
2287 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2288 /// return {i32*, float}.
2289 static llvm::Type *
2290 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
2291                            const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2292   // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2293   // at offset 8.  If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2294   // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2295   // the second element at offset 8.  Check for this:
2296   unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2297   unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
2298   unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
2299   assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2300 
2301   // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2302   // second element will start at an 8 byte offset.  We can't increase the size
2303   // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2304   // struct.
2305   if (HiStart != 8) {
2306     // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2307     // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2308     // Promote these to a larger type.
2309     if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2310       Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2311     else {
2312       assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2313       Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2314     }
2315   }
2316 
2317   llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
2318 
2319 
2320   // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2321   assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2322          "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2323   return Result;
2324 }
2325 
2326 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
2327 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2328   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2329   // classification algorithm.
2330   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2331   classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
2332 
2333   // Check some invariants.
2334   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2335   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2336 
2337   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2338   switch (Lo) {
2339   case NoClass:
2340     if (Hi == NoClass)
2341       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2342     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2343     // null.
2344     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2345            "Unknown missing lo part");
2346     break;
2347 
2348   case SSEUp:
2349   case X87Up:
2350     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2351 
2352     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2353     // hidden argument.
2354   case Memory:
2355     return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2356 
2357     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2358     // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2359   case Integer:
2360     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2361 
2362     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2363     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2364     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2365       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2366       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2367         RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2368 
2369       if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2370           RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2371         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2372     }
2373     break;
2374 
2375     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2376     // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2377   case SSE:
2378     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2379     break;
2380 
2381     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2382     // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2383   case X87:
2384     ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
2385     break;
2386 
2387     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2388     // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2389     // %st1.
2390   case ComplexX87:
2391     assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
2392     ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2393                                     llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2394                                     NULL);
2395     break;
2396   }
2397 
2398   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2399   switch (Hi) {
2400     // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2401     // never occur as a hi class.
2402   case Memory:
2403   case X87:
2404     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2405 
2406   case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
2407   case NoClass:
2408     break;
2409 
2410   case Integer:
2411     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2412     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2413       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2414     break;
2415   case SSE:
2416     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2417     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2418       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2419     break;
2420 
2421     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
2422     // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2423     // vector register.
2424     //
2425     // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
2426   case SSEUp:
2427     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
2428     ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
2429     break;
2430 
2431     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2432     // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2433   case X87Up:
2434     // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
2435     // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
2436     // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
2437     // extra bits in an SSE reg.
2438     if (Lo != X87) {
2439       HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2440       if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2441         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2442     }
2443     break;
2444   }
2445 
2446   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2447   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2448   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2449   if (HighPart)
2450     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2451 
2452   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2453 }
2454 
2455 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
2456   QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2457   bool isNamedArg)
2458   const
2459 {
2460   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2461   classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
2462 
2463   // Check some invariants.
2464   // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2465   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2466   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2467 
2468   neededInt = 0;
2469   neededSSE = 0;
2470   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2471   switch (Lo) {
2472   case NoClass:
2473     if (Hi == NoClass)
2474       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2475     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2476     // null.
2477     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2478            "Unknown missing lo part");
2479     break;
2480 
2481     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2482     // on the stack.
2483   case Memory:
2484 
2485     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2486     // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2487   case X87:
2488   case ComplexX87:
2489     if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
2490       ++neededInt;
2491     return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
2492 
2493   case SSEUp:
2494   case X87Up:
2495     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2496 
2497     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2498     // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2499     // and %r9 is used.
2500   case Integer:
2501     ++neededInt;
2502 
2503     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2504     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
2505 
2506     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2507     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2508     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2509       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2510       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2511         Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2512 
2513       if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2514           Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2515         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2516     }
2517 
2518     break;
2519 
2520     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2521     // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2522     // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
2523   case SSE: {
2524     llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2525     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
2526     ++neededSSE;
2527     break;
2528   }
2529   }
2530 
2531   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2532   switch (Hi) {
2533     // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
2534     // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
2535     // which is passed in memory.
2536   case Memory:
2537   case X87:
2538   case ComplexX87:
2539     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2540 
2541   case NoClass: break;
2542 
2543   case Integer:
2544     ++neededInt;
2545     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2546     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2547 
2548     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2549       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2550     break;
2551 
2552     // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2553     // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2554   case X87Up:
2555   case SSE:
2556     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2557 
2558     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2559       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2560 
2561     ++neededSSE;
2562     break;
2563 
2564     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2565     // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
2566     // register.  This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
2567   case SSEUp:
2568     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
2569     ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
2570     break;
2571   }
2572 
2573   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2574   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2575   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2576   if (HighPart)
2577     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2578 
2579   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2580 }
2581 
2582 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2583 
2584   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2585     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
2586 
2587   // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
2588   unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
2589 
2590   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2591   // integer register.
2592   if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2593     --freeIntRegs;
2594 
2595   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
2596   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2597   // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2598   unsigned ArgNo = 0;
2599   for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2600        it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2601     bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
2602 
2603     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2604     it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
2605                                     neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
2606 
2607     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2608     // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2609     // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2610     // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
2611     if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
2612       freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2613       freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2614     } else {
2615       it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
2616     }
2617   }
2618 }
2619 
2620 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2621                                         QualType Ty,
2622                                         CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2623   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2624     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2625   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2626     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2627 
2628   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2629   // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
2630   // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2631   // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
2632   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2633   if (Align > 8) {
2634     // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
2635     llvm::Value *Offset =
2636       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
2637     overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2638     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
2639                                                     CGF.Int64Ty);
2640     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
2641     overflow_arg_area =
2642       CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2643                                  overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2644                                  "overflow_arg_area.align");
2645   }
2646 
2647   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
2648   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2649   llvm::Value *Res =
2650     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
2651                               llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2652 
2653   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2654   // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2655   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2656   // an 8 byte boundary.
2657 
2658   uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
2659   llvm::Value *Offset =
2660       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7)  & ~7);
2661   overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2662                                             "overflow_arg_area.next");
2663   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2664 
2665   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2666   return Res;
2667 }
2668 
2669 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2670                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2671   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2672   // struct {
2673   //   i32 gp_offset;
2674   //   i32 fp_offset;
2675   //   i8* overflow_arg_area;
2676   //   i8* reg_save_area;
2677   // };
2678   unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2679 
2680   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
2681   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2682                                        /*isNamedArg*/false);
2683 
2684   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2685   // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2686   if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2687     return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2688 
2689   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2690   // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2691   // the number of floating point registers needed.
2692 
2693   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2694   // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2695   // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2696   //
2697   // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2698   // register save space).
2699 
2700   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2701   llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2702   llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
2703   if (neededInt) {
2704     gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2705     gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
2706     InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2707     InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
2708   }
2709 
2710   if (neededSSE) {
2711     fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2712     fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2713     llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
2714       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2715     FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
2716     InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2717   }
2718 
2719   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2720   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2721   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2722   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2723 
2724   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2725 
2726   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2727 
2728   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2729   // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2730   // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2731   // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2732   // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2733   //
2734   // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2735   // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2736   // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2737   // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
2738   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2739   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2740     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2741                            "reg_save_area");
2742   if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2743     // FIXME: Cleanup.
2744     assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2745     llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
2746     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2747     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2748     assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2749     llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2750     llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
2751     assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
2752            "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2753     llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2754     llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
2755     llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2756     llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2757     llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2758     llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
2759     llvm::Value *V =
2760       CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2761     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2762     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2763     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2764 
2765     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2766                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2767   } else if (neededInt) {
2768     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2769     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2770                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2771 
2772     // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2773     std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2774         CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2775     uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2776     unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2777     if (TyAlign > 8) {
2778       llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2779       CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2780       RegAddr = Tmp;
2781     }
2782   } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2783     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2784     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2785                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2786   } else {
2787     assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2788     // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2789     // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2790     llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2791     llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
2792     llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
2793     llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
2794       llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
2795     llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2796     llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2797     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2798     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2799                                                          DblPtrTy));
2800     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2801     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2802                                                          DblPtrTy));
2803     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2804     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2805                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2806   }
2807 
2808   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2809   // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2810   // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2811   if (neededInt) {
2812     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
2813     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2814                             gp_offset_p);
2815   }
2816   if (neededSSE) {
2817     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
2818     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2819                             fp_offset_p);
2820   }
2821   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2822 
2823   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2824 
2825   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2826   llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2827 
2828   // Return the appropriate result.
2829 
2830   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
2831   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
2832                                                  "vaarg.addr");
2833   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2834   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
2835   return ResAddr;
2836 }
2837 
2838 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
2839 
2840   if (Ty->isVoidType())
2841     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2842 
2843   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2844     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2845 
2846   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2847 
2848   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2849   if (RT) {
2850     if (!IsReturnType) {
2851       if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
2852         return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2853     }
2854 
2855     if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2856       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2857 
2858     // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
2859     if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
2860       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2861                                                           Size));
2862   }
2863 
2864   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
2865     // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2866     // directly.
2867     llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2868     if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2869       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2870   }
2871 
2872   if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
2873     // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2874     // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
2875     if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2876       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2877 
2878     // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2879     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
2880   }
2881 
2882   // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
2883   // extended.
2884   const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
2885   if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
2886     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2887 
2888   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2889 }
2890 
2891 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2892   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2893     FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
2894 
2895   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2896     I.info = classify(I.type, false);
2897 }
2898 
2899 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2900                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2901   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
2902 
2903   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2904   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2905                                                        "ap");
2906   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2907   llvm::Type *PTy =
2908     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2909   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2910 
2911   uint64_t Offset =
2912     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2913   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2914     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2915                       "ap.next");
2916   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2917 
2918   return AddrTyped;
2919 }
2920 
2921 namespace {
2922 
2923 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2924  public:
2925   NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2926       : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
2927   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2928   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2929                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
2930  private:
2931   PNaClABIInfo PInfo;  // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2932   X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2933 };
2934 
2935 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo  {
2936   bool HasAVX;
2937  public:
2938    NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2939        : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {
2940    }
2941    unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
2942      return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
2943    }
2944 };
2945 
2946 }
2947 
2948 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2949   if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2950     PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2951   else
2952     NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2953 }
2954 
2955 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2956                                           CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2957   // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2958   // is unuspported.
2959   return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2960 }
2961 
2962 
2963 // PowerPC-32
2964 
2965 namespace {
2966 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2967 public:
2968   PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2969 
2970   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
2971     // This is recovered from gcc output.
2972     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2973   }
2974 
2975   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2976                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
2977 };
2978 
2979 }
2980 
2981 bool
2982 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2983                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2984   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2985   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2986 
2987   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2988 
2989   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
2990   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2991   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2992   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2993 
2994   // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
2995   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
2996 
2997   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
2998   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
2999 
3000   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3001   // 64: mq
3002   // 65: lr
3003   // 66: ctr
3004   // 67: ap
3005   // 68-75 cr0-7
3006   // 76: xer
3007   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3008 
3009   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3010   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3011 
3012   // 109: vrsave
3013   // 110: vscr
3014   // 111: spe_acc
3015   // 112: spefscr
3016   // 113: sfp
3017   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3018 
3019   return false;
3020 }
3021 
3022 // PowerPC-64
3023 
3024 namespace {
3025 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3026 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3027 public:
3028   enum ABIKind {
3029     ELFv1 = 0,
3030     ELFv2
3031   };
3032 
3033 private:
3034   static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3035   ABIKind Kind;
3036 
3037 public:
3038   PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3039     : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3040 
3041   bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
3042   bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
3043   bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3044                               uint64_t &Members) const;
3045 
3046   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3047   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3048 
3049   // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3050   // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3051   // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3052   // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3053   // entry.  This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3054   // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
3055   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3056     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3057       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3058     for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
3059       // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3060       // One exception:  An aggregate containing a single floating-point
3061       // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
3062       const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
3063       if (T) {
3064         const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3065         if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3066             (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
3067           QualType QT(T, 0);
3068           I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
3069           continue;
3070         }
3071       }
3072       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
3073     }
3074   }
3075 
3076   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3077                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3078 };
3079 
3080 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3081 public:
3082   PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3083                                PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3084     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3085 
3086   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3087     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3088     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3089   }
3090 
3091   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3092                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3093 };
3094 
3095 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3096 public:
3097   PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3098 
3099   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3100     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3101     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3102   }
3103 
3104   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3105                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3106 };
3107 
3108 }
3109 
3110 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3111 // extended to 64 bits.
3112 bool
3113 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3114   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3115   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3116     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3117 
3118   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3119   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3120     return true;
3121 
3122   // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3123   // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3124   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3125     switch (BT->getKind()) {
3126     case BuiltinType::Int:
3127     case BuiltinType::UInt:
3128       return true;
3129     default:
3130       break;
3131     }
3132 
3133   return false;
3134 }
3135 
3136 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3137 /// alignment in the parameter area.
3138 bool
3139 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3140   // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3141   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3142     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3143 
3144   // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3145   // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3146   if (Ty->isVectorType())
3147     return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3148 
3149   // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3150   // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3151   const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3152   const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3153   if (EltType) {
3154     const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3155     if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3156          getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3157         (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3158       AlignAsType = EltType;
3159   }
3160 
3161   // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3162   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3163   uint64_t Members = 0;
3164   if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3165       isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3166     AlignAsType = Base;
3167 
3168   // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3169   if (AlignAsType)
3170     return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3171 
3172   // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3173   // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3174   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3175     return true;
3176 
3177   return false;
3178 }
3179 
3180 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3181 /// aggregate.  Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3182 /// to the number of base elements.
3183 bool
3184 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3185                                            uint64_t &Members) const {
3186   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3187     uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3188     if (NElements == 0)
3189       return false;
3190     if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3191       return false;
3192     Members *= NElements;
3193   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3194     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3195     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3196       return false;
3197 
3198     Members = 0;
3199     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3200       // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3201       QualType FT = FD->getType();
3202       while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3203              getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3204         if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3205           return false;
3206         FT = AT->getElementType();
3207       }
3208       if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3209         continue;
3210 
3211       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3212       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3213           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3214         continue;
3215 
3216       uint64_t FldMembers;
3217       if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3218         return false;
3219 
3220       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3221                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3222     }
3223 
3224     if (!Base)
3225       return false;
3226 
3227     // Ensure there is no padding.
3228     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3229         getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3230       return false;
3231   } else {
3232     Members = 1;
3233     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3234       Members = 2;
3235       Ty = CT->getElementType();
3236     }
3237 
3238     // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3239     // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3240     if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3241       if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
3242           BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3243           BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3244         return false;
3245     } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3246       if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128)
3247         return false;
3248     } else {
3249       return false;
3250     }
3251 
3252     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Types that
3253     // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3254     // treated as being equivalent here.
3255     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3256     if (!Base)
3257       Base = TyPtr;
3258 
3259     if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3260         getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3261       return false;
3262   }
3263 
3264   // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3265   // or two registers depending on their size.
3266   uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 :
3267                        (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3268 
3269   // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3270   return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8);
3271 }
3272 
3273 ABIArgInfo
3274 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3275   if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3276     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3277 
3278   // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3279   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3280   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3281     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3282     if (Size > 128)
3283       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3284     else if (Size < 128) {
3285       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3286       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3287     }
3288   }
3289 
3290   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3291     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
3292       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3293 
3294     uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3295     uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3296 
3297     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3298     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3299     uint64_t Members = 0;
3300     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3301         isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3302       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3303       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3304       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3305     }
3306 
3307     // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3308     // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3309     // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3310     // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3311     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3312     if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3313       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3314 
3315       // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3316       // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3317       if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3318         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3319                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3320       // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3321       // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3322       else {
3323         uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3324         uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3325         llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3326         CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3327       }
3328 
3329       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3330     }
3331 
3332     // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
3333     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3334                                    /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
3335   }
3336 
3337   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3338           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3339 }
3340 
3341 ABIArgInfo
3342 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3343   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3344     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3345 
3346   if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3347     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3348 
3349   // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3350   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3351   if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3352     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3353     if (Size > 128)
3354       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3355     else if (Size < 128) {
3356       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3357       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3358     }
3359   }
3360 
3361   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3362     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3363     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3364     uint64_t Members = 0;
3365     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3366         isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3367       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3368       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3369       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3370     }
3371 
3372     // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3373     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3374     if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3375       if (Bits == 0)
3376         return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3377 
3378       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3379       if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3380         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3381         CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL);
3382       } else
3383         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3384                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3385       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3386     }
3387 
3388     // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
3389     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3390   }
3391 
3392   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3393           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3394 }
3395 
3396 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3397 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3398                                            QualType Ty,
3399                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3400   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3401   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3402 
3403   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3404   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3405   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3406 
3407   // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3408   if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3409     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3410     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3411     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3412     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3413   }
3414 
3415   // Update the va_list pointer.  The pointer should be bumped by the
3416   // size of the object.  We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3417   // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword.  For these, the
3418   // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
3419   unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3420   QualType BaseTy;
3421   unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3422 
3423   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3424     BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3425     CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3426     if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3427       SizeInBytes = 16;
3428   }
3429 
3430   unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3431   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3432     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3433                       "ap.next");
3434   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3435 
3436   // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3437   // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3438   // in separate doublewords.  However, Clang expects us to produce a
3439   // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly.  So generate
3440   // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3441   // and store them to a temporary structure.
3442   if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3443     llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3444     llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
3445     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3446       RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3447       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3448     } else {
3449       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3450     }
3451     llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3452     RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3453     ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3454     llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3455     llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3456     llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3457                                             "vacplx");
3458     llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3459     llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3460     Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3461     Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3462     return Ptr;
3463   }
3464 
3465   // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3466   // its doubleword slot.  Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3467   // correct offset.
3468   if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3469     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3470     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3471     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3472   }
3473 
3474   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3475   return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3476 }
3477 
3478 static bool
3479 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3480                               llvm::Value *Address) {
3481   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3482   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3483 
3484   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3485 
3486   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3487   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3488   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3489   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3490 
3491   // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3492   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3493 
3494   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3495   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3496 
3497   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3498   // 64: mq
3499   // 65: lr
3500   // 66: ctr
3501   // 67: ap
3502   // 68-75 cr0-7
3503   // 76: xer
3504   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3505 
3506   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3507   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3508 
3509   // 109: vrsave
3510   // 110: vscr
3511   // 111: spe_acc
3512   // 112: spefscr
3513   // 113: sfp
3514   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3515 
3516   return false;
3517 }
3518 
3519 bool
3520 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3521   CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3522   llvm::Value *Address) const {
3523 
3524   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3525 }
3526 
3527 bool
3528 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3529                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3530 
3531   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3532 }
3533 
3534 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3535 // AArch64 ABI Implementation
3536 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3537 
3538 namespace {
3539 
3540 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3541 public:
3542   enum ABIKind {
3543     AAPCS = 0,
3544     DarwinPCS
3545   };
3546 
3547 private:
3548   ABIKind Kind;
3549 
3550 public:
3551   AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3552 
3553 private:
3554   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3555   bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3556 
3557   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3558   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3559                                   bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3560                                   bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
3561   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3562 
3563   virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3564     // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3565     // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3566     // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3567     // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3568     // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3569     // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3570     unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
3571 
3572     // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3573     // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3574     // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3575     // partially in registers.
3576     unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
3577 
3578     // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3579     // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3580     unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
3581 
3582     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3583       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3584     unsigned ArgNo = 0;
3585     for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3586          it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
3587       unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3588       bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3589       const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3590       const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
3591       bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
3592       it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
3593                                       AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
3594 
3595       // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3596       // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3597       // padding by the back end.
3598       if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3599           getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3600         uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3601         NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
3602 
3603         llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3604             llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3605         it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3606       }
3607 
3608       // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3609       // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3610       // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3611       if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3612         llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3613             llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
3614         it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
3615       }
3616 
3617       // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3618       // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3619       if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3620         llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3621             llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3622         it->info =
3623             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3624       }
3625     }
3626   }
3627 
3628   llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3629                                CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3630 
3631   llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3632                               CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3633 
3634   virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3635                                  CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3636     return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3637                          : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3638   }
3639 };
3640 
3641 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3642 public:
3643   AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3644       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3645 
3646   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3647     return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3648   }
3649 
3650   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3651 
3652   virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3653 };
3654 }
3655 
3656 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3657                                    ASTContext &Context,
3658                                    bool isAArch64,
3659                                    uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
3660 
3661 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3662                                                 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3663                                                 bool &IsHA,
3664                                                 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3665                                                 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3666                                                 bool IsNamedArg) const {
3667   // Handle illegal vector types here.
3668   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3669     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3670     if (Size <= 32) {
3671       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3672       AllocatedGPR++;
3673       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3674     }
3675     if (Size == 64) {
3676       llvm::Type *ResType =
3677           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3678       AllocatedVFP++;
3679       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3680     }
3681     if (Size == 128) {
3682       llvm::Type *ResType =
3683           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3684       AllocatedVFP++;
3685       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3686     }
3687     AllocatedGPR++;
3688     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3689   }
3690   if (Ty->isVectorType())
3691     // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3692     AllocatedVFP++;
3693   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3694     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3695         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3696         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3697         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3698       AllocatedVFP++;
3699   }
3700 
3701   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3702     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3703     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3704       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3705 
3706     if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
3707       unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3708       if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3709         AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3710 
3711       int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3712       AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3713     }
3714     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3715                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3716                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3717   }
3718 
3719   // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3720   // copy constructor are always indirect.
3721   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
3722     AllocatedGPR++;
3723     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3724                                           CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3725   }
3726 
3727   // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3728   // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3729   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3730     if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3731       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3732 
3733     ++AllocatedGPR;
3734     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3735   }
3736 
3737   // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
3738   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3739   uint64_t Members = 0;
3740   if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true, &Members)) {
3741     IsHA = true;
3742     if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3743       // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3744       // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3745       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3746       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3747       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3748     }
3749     AllocatedVFP += Members;
3750     return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3751   }
3752 
3753   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3754   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3755   if (Size <= 128) {
3756     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3757     if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3758       AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3759 
3760     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3761     AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3762     IsSmallAggr = true;
3763     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3764     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
3765     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
3766       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3767       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3768     }
3769     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3770   }
3771 
3772   AllocatedGPR++;
3773   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3774 }
3775 
3776 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3777   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3778     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3779 
3780   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3781   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3782     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3783 
3784   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3785     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3786     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3787       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3788 
3789     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3790                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3791                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3792   }
3793 
3794   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3795     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3796 
3797   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3798   if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), true))
3799     // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3800     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3801 
3802   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3803   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3804   if (Size <= 128) {
3805     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3806     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3807   }
3808 
3809   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3810 }
3811 
3812 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3813 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
3814   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3815     // Check whether VT is legal.
3816     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3817     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3818     // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3819     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3820       return true;
3821     return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3822   }
3823   return false;
3824 }
3825 
3826 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3827                                      int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3828                                      bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3829   // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3830   // Standard, section B.4:
3831   //
3832   // struct {
3833   //   void *__stack;
3834   //   void *__gr_top;
3835   //   void *__vr_top;
3836   //   int __gr_offs;
3837   //   int __vr_offs;
3838   // };
3839 
3840   llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3841   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3842   llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3843   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3844   auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3845 
3846   llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
3847   int reg_top_index;
3848   int RegSize;
3849   if (AllocatedGPR) {
3850     assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3851     // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3852     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3853     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3854     reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3855     RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3856   } else {
3857     assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3858     // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3859     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3860     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3861     reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3862     RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3863   }
3864 
3865   //=======================================
3866   // Find out where argument was passed
3867   //=======================================
3868 
3869   // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3870   // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3871   // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3872   // whatever they get).
3873   llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
3874   UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3875       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3876 
3877   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3878 
3879   // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
3880   // question is whether this particular type is too big.
3881   CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3882 
3883   // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3884   // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3885   // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3886   if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3887     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3888 
3889     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3890         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3891         "align_regoffs");
3892     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3893         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3894         "aligned_regoffs");
3895   }
3896 
3897   // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
3898   llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
3899   NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3900       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3901   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3902 
3903   // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3904   // registers or not.
3905   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
3906   InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3907       NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3908 
3909   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3910 
3911   //=======================================
3912   // Argument was in registers
3913   //=======================================
3914 
3915   // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3916   // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3917   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3918 
3919   llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
3920   reg_top_p =
3921       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3922   reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3923   llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
3924   llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
3925   llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3926 
3927   if (IsIndirect) {
3928     // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3929     // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3930     MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3931   }
3932 
3933   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3934   uint64_t NumMembers;
3935   bool IsHFA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, true, &NumMembers);
3936   if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
3937     // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3938     // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3939     // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3940     // contiguously.
3941     assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3942     llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3943     llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3944     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3945     int Offset = 0;
3946 
3947     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3948       Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3949     for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3950       llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3951           llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3952       llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3953       LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3954           LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3955       llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3956 
3957       llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3958       CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3959     }
3960 
3961     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3962   } else {
3963     // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3964     unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
3965     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3966         (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
3967         Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3968       int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3969       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3970 
3971       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3972           BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3973 
3974       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3975     }
3976 
3977     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3978   }
3979 
3980   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3981 
3982   //=======================================
3983   // Argument was on the stack
3984   //=======================================
3985   CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3986 
3987   llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
3988   stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3989   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3990 
3991   // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3992   // floating-point ones might be affected.
3993   if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3994     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3995 
3996     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3997 
3998     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3999         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4000         "align_stack");
4001     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4002         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4003         "align_stack");
4004 
4005     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4006   }
4007 
4008   uint64_t StackSize;
4009   if (IsIndirect)
4010     StackSize = 8;
4011   else
4012     StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4013 
4014   // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4015   StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4016 
4017   llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4018   llvm::Value *NewStack =
4019       CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4020 
4021   // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4022   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4023 
4024   if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4025       Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4026     int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4027     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4028 
4029     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4030         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4031 
4032     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4033   }
4034 
4035   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4036 
4037   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4038 
4039   //=======================================
4040   // Tidy up
4041   //=======================================
4042   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4043 
4044   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4045   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4046   ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4047 
4048   if (IsIndirect)
4049     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4050 
4051   return ResAddr;
4052 }
4053 
4054 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4055                                           CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4056 
4057   unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
4058   bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
4059   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
4060                                        IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
4061 
4062   return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
4063                           AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
4064 }
4065 
4066 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4067                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4068   // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4069   // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4070   // other cases.
4071   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
4072     return nullptr;
4073 
4074   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4075   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4076 
4077   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4078   bool isHA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true);
4079 
4080   bool isIndirect = false;
4081   // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4082   // be passed indirectly.
4083   if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4084     isIndirect = true;
4085     Size = 8;
4086     Align = 8;
4087   }
4088 
4089   llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4090   llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4091 
4092   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4093   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4094   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4095 
4096   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4097     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4098     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4099     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4100   }
4101 
4102   const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4103   if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4104     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4105     Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4106     llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4107     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4108     llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4109     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4110   }
4111 
4112   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4113   llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4114       Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4115   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4116 
4117   if (isIndirect)
4118     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4119   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4120   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4121 
4122   return AddrTyped;
4123 }
4124 
4125 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4126 // ARM ABI Implementation
4127 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4128 
4129 namespace {
4130 
4131 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4132 public:
4133   enum ABIKind {
4134     APCS = 0,
4135     AAPCS = 1,
4136     AAPCS_VFP
4137   };
4138 
4139 private:
4140   ABIKind Kind;
4141   mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4142   const unsigned NumVFPs;
4143   const unsigned NumGPRs;
4144   mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4145   mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
4146 
4147 public:
4148   ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4149     NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
4150     setRuntimeCC();
4151     resetAllocatedRegs();
4152   }
4153 
4154   bool isEABI() const {
4155     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4156     case llvm::Triple::Android:
4157     case llvm::Triple::EABI:
4158     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4159     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
4160     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4161       return true;
4162     default:
4163       return false;
4164     }
4165   }
4166 
4167   bool isEABIHF() const {
4168     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4169     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4170     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4171       return true;
4172     default:
4173       return false;
4174     }
4175   }
4176 
4177   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4178 
4179 private:
4180   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4181   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
4182                                   bool &IsCPRC) const;
4183   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4184 
4185   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4186 
4187   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4188                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
4189 
4190   llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4191   llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4192   void setRuntimeCC();
4193 
4194   void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4195   void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4196   void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
4197 };
4198 
4199 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4200 public:
4201   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4202     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
4203 
4204   const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4205     return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4206   }
4207 
4208   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4209     return 13;
4210   }
4211 
4212   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
4213     return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4214   }
4215 
4216   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4217                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
4218     llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
4219 
4220     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
4221     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
4222     return false;
4223   }
4224 
4225   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
4226     if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4227     return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4228   }
4229 
4230   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4231                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
4232     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4233     if (!FD)
4234       return;
4235 
4236     const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4237     if (!Attr)
4238       return;
4239 
4240     const char *Kind;
4241     switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4242     case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4243     case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ:     Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4244     case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ:     Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4245     case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI:     Kind = "SWI"; break;
4246     case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT:   Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4247     case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF:   Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4248     }
4249 
4250     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4251 
4252     Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4253 
4254     if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4255       return;
4256 
4257     // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4258     // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4259     // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4260     llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4261     B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4262     Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4263                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4264                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4265                                               B));
4266   }
4267 
4268 };
4269 
4270 }
4271 
4272 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4273   // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
4274   // VFP registers allocated so far.
4275   // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4276   // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4277   // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4278   // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4279   // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4280   resetAllocatedRegs();
4281 
4282   const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4283       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic();
4284 
4285   if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4286     if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4287       markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4288   } else {
4289     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4290   }
4291   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
4292     unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4293     unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
4294     bool IsCPRC = false;
4295     // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4296     // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
4297     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
4298 
4299     // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4300     // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4301     // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
4302     // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
4303     // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4304     // unusable anyway.
4305     // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4306     // backend can handle that situation correctly.
4307     const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
4308     const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4309     if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4310         StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
4311       llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4312           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
4313       if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
4314         I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4315                                        PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4316       } else {
4317         I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4318                                        PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4319       }
4320     }
4321   }
4322 
4323   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4324   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4325     return;
4326 
4327   llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4328   if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4329     FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4330 }
4331 
4332 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4333 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4334   // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
4335   if (isEABIHF())
4336     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4337   else if (isEABI())
4338     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4339   else
4340     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4341 }
4342 
4343 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4344 /// as the C calling convention.
4345 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
4346   switch (getABIKind()) {
4347   case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4348   case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4349   case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4350   }
4351   llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4352 }
4353 
4354 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
4355   assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4356 
4357   // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4358   // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4359   llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4360   if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4361     RuntimeCC = abiCC;
4362 }
4363 
4364 /// isARMHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
4365 /// aggregate.  If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
4366 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
4367 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
4368 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
4369                                    ASTContext &Context, bool isAArch64,
4370                                    uint64_t *HAMembers) {
4371   uint64_t Members = 0;
4372   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
4373     if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &Members))
4374       return false;
4375     Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4376   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4377     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4378     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4379       return false;
4380 
4381     Members = 0;
4382     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
4383       uint64_t FldMembers;
4384       if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &FldMembers))
4385         return false;
4386 
4387       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4388                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
4389     }
4390   } else {
4391     Members = 1;
4392     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4393       Members = 2;
4394       Ty = CT->getElementType();
4395     }
4396 
4397     // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4398     // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. "long double" has the same machine
4399     // type as double, so it is also allowed as a base type.
4400     // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4401     // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4402     // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4403     // including __fp16.
4404     if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4405       if (isAArch64) {
4406         if (!BT->isFloatingPoint())
4407           return false;
4408       } else {
4409         if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
4410             BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
4411             BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4412           return false;
4413       }
4414     } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4415       unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
4416       if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
4417         return false;
4418     } else {
4419       return false;
4420     }
4421 
4422     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Vector types of the
4423     // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
4424     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4425     if (!Base)
4426       Base = TyPtr;
4427 
4428     if (Base != TyPtr) {
4429       // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
4430       // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
4431       // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
4432 
4433       // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
4434       //    of their members.
4435       const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
4436         && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4437 
4438       // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
4439       //    machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
4440       const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4441            (   (   Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4442                 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4443             || (   Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4444                 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4445         && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4446 
4447       if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4448         return false;
4449     }
4450   }
4451 
4452   // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4453   if (HAMembers)
4454     *HAMembers = Members;
4455 
4456   return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
4457 }
4458 
4459 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4460 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
4461 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4462                                    unsigned NumRequired) const {
4463   // Early Exit.
4464   if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4465     // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4466     // the stack.
4467     AllocatedVFPs = 17;
4468     return;
4469   }
4470   // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4471   // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4472   // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4473   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4474     bool FoundSlot = true;
4475     for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4476       if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4477          FoundSlot = false;
4478          break;
4479       }
4480     if (FoundSlot) {
4481       for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4482         VFPRegs[J] = 1;
4483       AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
4484       return;
4485     }
4486   }
4487   // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4488   // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4489   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4490     VFPRegs[I] = 1;
4491   AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
4492 }
4493 
4494 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4495 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4496 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4497 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
4498                                    unsigned NumRequired) const {
4499   assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4500 
4501   if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4502     AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4503 
4504   AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4505 }
4506 
4507 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4508   AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4509   AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4510   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4511     VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4512 }
4513 
4514 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
4515                                             bool &IsCPRC) const {
4516   // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4517   // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4518   //   A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4519   //   half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4520   //   A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4521   //   with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4522   //   64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4523   //   to four Elements.
4524 
4525   const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4526       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4527 
4528   // Handle illegal vector types here.
4529   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4530     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4531     if (Size <= 32) {
4532       llvm::Type *ResType =
4533           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4534       markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4535       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4536     }
4537     if (Size == 64) {
4538       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4539           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
4540       if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4541         markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4542       } else {
4543         markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4544         IsCPRC = true;
4545       }
4546       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4547     }
4548     if (Size == 128) {
4549       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4550           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
4551       if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4552         markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4553       } else {
4554         markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4555         IsCPRC = true;
4556       }
4557       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4558     }
4559     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4560     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4561   }
4562   // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
4563   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4564     if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4565       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4566       // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4567       markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4568       IsCPRC = true;
4569     }
4570   }
4571   // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
4572   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4573     if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4574       if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4575           BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4576         markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4577         IsCPRC = true;
4578       }
4579       if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4580           BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4581         markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4582         IsCPRC = true;
4583       }
4584     }
4585   }
4586 
4587   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4588     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4589     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4590       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4591     }
4592 
4593     unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4594     if (!IsCPRC)
4595       markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
4596     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()
4597                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4598                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP));
4599   }
4600 
4601   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4602     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4603     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4604   }
4605 
4606   // Ignore empty records.
4607   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
4608     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4609 
4610   if (isAAPCS_VFP) {
4611     // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4612     // into VFP registers.
4613     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4614     uint64_t Members = 0;
4615     if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), false, &Members)) {
4616       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4617       // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4618       if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4619         // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4620         unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
4621         markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
4622                           Members * ElementSize);
4623       } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
4624         markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
4625       else {
4626         assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4627                Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
4628         markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
4629       }
4630       IsCPRC = true;
4631       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4632     }
4633   }
4634 
4635   // Support byval for ARM.
4636   // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4637   // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4638   // than ABI alignment.
4639   uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4640   uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4641   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4642       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4643     ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4644   if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
4645     // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4646     // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4647     // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4648     // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4649     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
4650     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
4651            /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
4652   }
4653 
4654   // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
4655   llvm::Type* ElemTy;
4656   unsigned SizeRegs;
4657   // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4658   // we can.
4659   if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
4660     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4661     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
4662     markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
4663   } else {
4664     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4665     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
4666     markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
4667   }
4668 
4669   llvm::Type *STy =
4670     llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
4671   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4672 }
4673 
4674 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
4675                               llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4676   // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4677   // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4678   // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4679 
4680   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4681 
4682   // Check that the type fits in a word.
4683   if (Size > 32)
4684     return false;
4685 
4686   // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4687   if (Ty->isVectorType())
4688     return false;
4689 
4690   // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4691   if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4692     return false;
4693 
4694   // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
4695   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
4696     return true;
4697 
4698   // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4699   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4700     return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
4701 
4702   // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4703   // above, but they are not.
4704 
4705   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4706   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4707   if (!RT) return false;
4708 
4709   // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4710   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4711   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4712     return false;
4713 
4714   // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4715   // like".
4716   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4717 
4718   bool HadField = false;
4719   unsigned idx = 0;
4720   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4721        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
4722     const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
4723 
4724     // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4725     // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4726     //   struct { int : 0; int x }
4727     // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4728     if (FD->isBitField()) {
4729       if (!RD->isUnion())
4730         HadField = true;
4731 
4732       if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4733         return false;
4734 
4735       continue;
4736     }
4737 
4738     // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4739     if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4740       return false;
4741 
4742     if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4743       return false;
4744 
4745     // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4746     // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4747     // empty structure.
4748     if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4749       if (HadField)
4750         return false;
4751 
4752       HadField = true;
4753     }
4754   }
4755 
4756   return true;
4757 }
4758 
4759 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4760                                           bool isVariadic) const {
4761   const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4762       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4763 
4764   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4765     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4766 
4767   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4768   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4769     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4770     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4771   }
4772 
4773   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4774     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4775     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4776       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4777 
4778     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()
4779                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4780                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP));
4781   }
4782 
4783   // Are we following APCS?
4784   if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
4785     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
4786       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4787 
4788     // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4789     //
4790     // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4791     // correctly.
4792     if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4793       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4794           getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
4795 
4796     // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
4797     if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
4798       // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4799       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4800       if (Size <= 8)
4801         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4802       if (Size <= 16)
4803         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4804       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4805     }
4806 
4807     // Otherwise return in memory.
4808     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4809     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4810   }
4811 
4812   // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4813 
4814   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4815     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4816 
4817   // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
4818   if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4819     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4820     if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), false)) {
4821       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4822       // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4823       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4824     }
4825   }
4826 
4827   // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4828   // are returned indirectly.
4829   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4830   if (Size <= 32) {
4831     if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4832       // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4833       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4834                                    nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4835 
4836     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4837     if (Size <= 8)
4838       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4839                                    nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4840     if (Size <= 16)
4841       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4842                                    nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4843     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4844                                  nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4845   }
4846 
4847   markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4848   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4849 }
4850 
4851 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4852 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4853   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4854     // Check whether VT is legal.
4855     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4856     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4857     // NumElements should be power of 2.
4858     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4859       return true;
4860     // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4861     return Size <= 32;
4862   }
4863   return false;
4864 }
4865 
4866 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4867                                    CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4868   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4869   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
4870 
4871   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4872   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4873   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4874 
4875   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4876     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4877     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4878     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4879   }
4880 
4881   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4882   uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4883   bool IsIndirect = false;
4884 
4885   // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4886   // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
4887   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4888       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4889     TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4890   else
4891     TyAlign = 4;
4892   // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4893   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4894     IsIndirect = true;
4895     Size = 4;
4896     TyAlign = 4;
4897   }
4898 
4899   // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
4900   if (TyAlign > 4) {
4901     assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4902            "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4903     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4904     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4905     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
4906     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
4907   }
4908 
4909   uint64_t Offset =
4910     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
4911   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
4912     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
4913                       "ap.next");
4914   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4915 
4916   if (IsIndirect)
4917     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4918   else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
4919     // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4920     // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4921     // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4922     // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4923     // than the ABI alignment.
4924     llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4925     CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4926     llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4927                                                     "var.align");
4928     llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4929     llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4930     Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4931         llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4932         TyAlign, false);
4933     Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4934   }
4935   llvm::Type *PTy =
4936     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4937   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4938 
4939   return AddrTyped;
4940 }
4941 
4942 namespace {
4943 
4944 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4945  public:
4946   NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4947       : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
4948   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4949   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4950                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
4951  private:
4952   PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4953   ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4954 };
4955 
4956 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo  {
4957  public:
4958   NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4959       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4960 };
4961 
4962 }
4963 
4964 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4965   if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4966     PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4967   else
4968     static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4969 }
4970 
4971 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4972                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4973   // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4974   // is unsupported.
4975   return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4976 }
4977 
4978 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4979 // NVPTX ABI Implementation
4980 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4981 
4982 namespace {
4983 
4984 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4985 public:
4986   NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4987 
4988   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4989   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4990 
4991   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4992   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4993                          CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
4994 };
4995 
4996 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4997 public:
4998   NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4999     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5000 
5001   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5002                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5003 private:
5004   // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5005   // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5006   static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
5007 };
5008 
5009 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5010   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5011     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5012 
5013   // note: this is different from default ABI
5014   if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5015     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5016 
5017   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5018   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5019     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5020 
5021   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5022           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5023 }
5024 
5025 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5026   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5027   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5028     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5029 
5030   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5031           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5032 }
5033 
5034 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5035   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5036     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5037   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5038     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5039 
5040   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5041   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5042     return;
5043 
5044   FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5045 }
5046 
5047 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5048                                      CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5049   llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
5050 }
5051 
5052 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5053 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5054                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
5055   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5056   if (!FD) return;
5057 
5058   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5059 
5060   // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
5061   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5062     // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
5063     // By default, all functions are device functions
5064     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5065       // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
5066       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5067       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5068       // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5069       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5070     }
5071   }
5072 
5073   // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
5074   if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5075     // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry.  Since
5076     // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5077     // need to set the noinline attribute.
5078     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5079       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5080       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5081     }
5082     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5083       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5084       addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5085                       FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5086       // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5087       // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5088       // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5089       // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5090       int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5091       if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5092         // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5093         addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5094       }
5095     }
5096   }
5097 }
5098 
5099 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5100                                              int Operand) {
5101   llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5102   llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5103 
5104   // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5105   llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5106 
5107   llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
5108       F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5109       llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
5110   // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5111   MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5112 }
5113 }
5114 
5115 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5116 // SystemZ ABI Implementation
5117 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5118 
5119 namespace {
5120 
5121 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5122 public:
5123   SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5124 
5125   bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5126   bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5127   bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5128 
5129   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5130   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5131 
5132   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
5133     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5134       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5135     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5136       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5137   }
5138 
5139   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5140                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5141 };
5142 
5143 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5144 public:
5145   SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5146     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5147 };
5148 
5149 }
5150 
5151 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5152   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5153   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5154     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5155 
5156   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5157   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5158     return true;
5159 
5160   // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5161   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5162     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5163     case BuiltinType::Int:
5164     case BuiltinType::UInt:
5165       return true;
5166     default:
5167       return false;
5168     }
5169   return false;
5170 }
5171 
5172 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5173   return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5174 }
5175 
5176 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5177   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5178     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5179     case BuiltinType::Float:
5180     case BuiltinType::Double:
5181       return true;
5182     default:
5183       return false;
5184     }
5185 
5186   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5187     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5188     bool Found = false;
5189 
5190     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5191     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
5192       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5193         QualType Base = I.getType();
5194 
5195         // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5196         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5197           continue;
5198 
5199         if (Found)
5200           return false;
5201         Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5202         if (!Found)
5203           return false;
5204       }
5205 
5206     // Check the fields.
5207     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
5208       // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5209       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5210       // do count.  So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5211       if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5212         return true;
5213 
5214       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5215       // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5216       if (Found)
5217         return false;
5218       Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5219       if (!Found)
5220         return false;
5221     }
5222 
5223     // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5224     // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5225     return Found;
5226   }
5227 
5228   return false;
5229 }
5230 
5231 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5232                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5233   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5234   // struct {
5235   //   i64 __gpr;
5236   //   i64 __fpr;
5237   //   i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5238   //   i8 *__reg_save_area;
5239   // };
5240 
5241   // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5242   // GPRs or FPRs.
5243   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5244   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5245   bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5246 
5247   llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5248   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5249   unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5250   if (IsIndirect) {
5251     APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5252     UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5253   } else
5254     UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5255   unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5256   assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5257 
5258   unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5259   unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5260 
5261   unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5262   if (InFPRs) {
5263     MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5264     RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5265     RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5266     RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5267   } else {
5268     MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5269     RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5270     RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5271     RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5272   }
5273 
5274   llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5275     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5276   llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5277   llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5278   llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5279   llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
5280                                                  "fits_in_regs");
5281 
5282   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5283   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5284   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5285   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5286 
5287   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5288   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5289 
5290   // Work out the address of an argument register.
5291   llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5292   llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5293     CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5294   llvm::Value *RegBase =
5295     llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5296   llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5297     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5298   llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5299     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5300   llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5301     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5302   llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5303     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5304   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5305     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5306 
5307   // Update the register count
5308   llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5309   llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5310     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5311   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5312   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5313 
5314   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5315   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5316 
5317   // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5318   llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5319     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5320   llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5321     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5322   llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5323   llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5324     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5325   llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5326     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5327 
5328   // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5329   llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5330     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5331   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5332   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5333 
5334   // Return the appropriate result.
5335   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5336   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5337   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5338   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5339 
5340   if (IsIndirect)
5341     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5342 
5343   return ResAddr;
5344 }
5345 
5346 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5347   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5348     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5349   if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5350     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5351   return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5352           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5353 }
5354 
5355 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5356   // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
5357   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5358     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5359 
5360   // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5361   if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5362     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5363 
5364   // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5365   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5366   if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
5367     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5368 
5369   // Handle small structures.
5370   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5371     // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5372     // fail the size test above.
5373     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5374     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5375       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5376 
5377     // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5378     llvm::Type *PassTy;
5379     if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5380       assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5381       if (Size == 32)
5382         PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5383       else
5384         PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5385     } else
5386       PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5387     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5388   }
5389 
5390   // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5391   if (isCompoundType(Ty))
5392     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5393 
5394   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
5395 }
5396 
5397 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5398 // MSP430 ABI Implementation
5399 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5400 
5401 namespace {
5402 
5403 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5404 public:
5405   MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5406     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5407   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5408                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5409 };
5410 
5411 }
5412 
5413 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5414                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5415                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5416   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5417     if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5418       // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5419       llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5420 
5421       // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5422       F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5423 
5424       // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
5425       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5426 
5427       // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
5428       unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
5429       llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5430                                 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
5431     }
5432   }
5433 }
5434 
5435 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5436 // MIPS ABI Implementation.  This works for both little-endian and
5437 // big-endian variants.
5438 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5439 
5440 namespace {
5441 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5442   bool IsO32;
5443   unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5444   void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5445                        SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
5446   llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
5447   llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
5448   llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
5449 public:
5450   MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
5451     ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
5452     StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
5453 
5454   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5455   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
5456   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5457   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5458                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5459 };
5460 
5461 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5462   unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
5463 public:
5464   MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5465     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
5466       SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
5467 
5468   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5469     return 29;
5470   }
5471 
5472   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5473                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5474     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5475     if (!FD) return;
5476     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5477     if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5478       Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5479     }
5480     else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5481       Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5482     }
5483   }
5484 
5485   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5486                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
5487 
5488   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
5489     return SizeOfUnwindException;
5490   }
5491 };
5492 }
5493 
5494 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5495                                   SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
5496   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5497     llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5498 
5499   // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5500   for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5501     ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5502 
5503   // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5504   unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5505 
5506   if (R)
5507     ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
5508 }
5509 
5510 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5511 // a register.
5512 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
5513   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5514 
5515   if (IsO32) {
5516     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5517     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5518   }
5519 
5520   if (Ty->isComplexType())
5521     return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5522 
5523   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5524 
5525   // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5526   if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5527     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5528     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5529   }
5530 
5531   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5532   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5533   assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
5534 
5535   uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5536   unsigned idx = 0;
5537   llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5538 
5539   // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5540   // double fields.
5541   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5542        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
5543     const QualType Ty = i->getType();
5544     const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5545 
5546     if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5547       continue;
5548 
5549     uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5550     if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5551       continue;
5552 
5553     // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5554     for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5555       ArgList.push_back(I64);
5556 
5557     // Add double type.
5558     ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5559     LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5560   }
5561 
5562   CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5563   ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
5564 
5565   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5566 }
5567 
5568 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5569                                         uint64_t Offset) const {
5570   if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
5571     return nullptr;
5572 
5573   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
5574 }
5575 
5576 ABIArgInfo
5577 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
5578   uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
5579   uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5580   uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5581 
5582   Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5583                    (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
5584   unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5585   Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
5586 
5587   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
5588     // Ignore empty aggregates.
5589     if (TySize == 0)
5590       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5591 
5592     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
5593       Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
5594       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5595     }
5596 
5597     // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5598     // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5599     // aggregate is unaligned.
5600     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5601                                  getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5602   }
5603 
5604   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5605   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5606     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5607 
5608   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5609     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5610 
5611   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
5612       nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5613 }
5614 
5615 llvm::Type*
5616 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
5617   const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5618   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
5619 
5620   if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5621     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5622     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5623     unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
5624 
5625     // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5626     // following conditions are met:
5627     // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5628     // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5629     //    point types.
5630     // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5631     //
5632     // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5633     //
5634     if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5635       RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5636       for (; b != e; ++b) {
5637         const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5638 
5639         if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5640           break;
5641 
5642         RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
5643       }
5644 
5645       if (b == e)
5646         return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5647                                      RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5648 
5649       RTList.clear();
5650     }
5651   }
5652 
5653   CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
5654   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5655 }
5656 
5657 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5658   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5659 
5660   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5661     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5662 
5663   // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5664   // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5665   if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
5666     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5667 
5668   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
5669     if (Size <= 128) {
5670       if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5671         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5672 
5673       // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
5674       // aggregates in registers.
5675       if (!IsO32 ||
5676           (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5677         ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5678             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5679         ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5680         return ArgInfo;
5681       }
5682     }
5683 
5684     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5685   }
5686 
5687   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5688   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5689     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5690 
5691   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5692           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5693 }
5694 
5695 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5696   ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
5697   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5698     RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5699 
5700   // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
5701   uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
5702 
5703   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5704     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
5705 }
5706 
5707 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5708                                     CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5709   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5710   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5711 
5712   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5713   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5714   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5715   int64_t TypeAlign =
5716       std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
5717   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5718   llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
5719   unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5720   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5721 
5722   if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5723     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5724     llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5725     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5726     llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5727     llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5728     AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5729   }
5730   else
5731     AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5732 
5733   llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5734   TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
5735   uint64_t Offset =
5736     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5737   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5738     Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5739                       "ap.next");
5740   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5741 
5742   return AddrTyped;
5743 }
5744 
5745 bool
5746 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5747                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
5748   // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5749   // as canonical as it gets.
5750 
5751   // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes.  Double-precision FP registers
5752   // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
5753   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
5754 
5755   // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5756   // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5757   // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5758   // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
5759   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
5760 
5761   // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5762   // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5763 
5764   // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5765   // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5766   // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5767   // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5768   // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
5769   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
5770   return false;
5771 }
5772 
5773 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5774 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5775 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5776 // handling.
5777 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5778 
5779 namespace {
5780 
5781 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5782 public:
5783   TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5784     : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5785 
5786   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5787                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5788 };
5789 
5790 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5791                                                llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5792                                                CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5793   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5794   if (!FD) return;
5795 
5796   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5797 
5798   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5799     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5800       // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5801       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5802       const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5803       if (Attr) {
5804         // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5805         llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5806         llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5807             M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5808 
5809         SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5810         Operands.push_back(F);
5811 
5812         Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
5813                              llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
5814         Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
5815                              llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
5816         Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
5817                              llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
5818 
5819         // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5820         // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5821         // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
5822         Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
5823         OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5824       }
5825     }
5826   }
5827 }
5828 
5829 }
5830 
5831 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5832 // Hexagon ABI Implementation
5833 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5834 
5835 namespace {
5836 
5837 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5838 
5839 
5840 public:
5841   HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5842 
5843 private:
5844 
5845   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5846   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5847 
5848   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5849 
5850   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5851                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5852 };
5853 
5854 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5855 public:
5856   HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5857     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5858 
5859   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
5860     return 29;
5861   }
5862 };
5863 
5864 }
5865 
5866 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5867   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5868     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5869   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5870     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5871 }
5872 
5873 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5874   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5875     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5876     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5877       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5878 
5879     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5880             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5881   }
5882 
5883   // Ignore empty records.
5884   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5885     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5886 
5887   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5888     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5889 
5890   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5891   if (Size > 64)
5892     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5893     // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5894   else if (Size > 32)
5895       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5896   else if (Size > 16)
5897       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5898   else if (Size > 8)
5899       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5900   else
5901       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5902 }
5903 
5904 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5905   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5906     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5907 
5908   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5909   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5910     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5911 
5912   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5913     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5914     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5915       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5916 
5917     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5918             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5919   }
5920 
5921   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5922     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5923 
5924   // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5925   // are returned indirectly.
5926   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5927   if (Size <= 64) {
5928     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5929     if (Size <= 8)
5930       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5931     if (Size <= 16)
5932       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5933     if (Size <= 32)
5934       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5935     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5936   }
5937 
5938   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5939 }
5940 
5941 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5942                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5943   // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
5944   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5945 
5946   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5947   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5948                                                        "ap");
5949   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5950   llvm::Type *PTy =
5951     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5952   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5953 
5954   uint64_t Offset =
5955     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5956   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5957     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5958                       "ap.next");
5959   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5960 
5961   return AddrTyped;
5962 }
5963 
5964 
5965 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5966 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5967 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5968 //
5969 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5970 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5971 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5972 //
5973 // One case requires special care:
5974 //
5975 //   struct mixed {
5976 //     int i;
5977 //     float f;
5978 //   };
5979 //
5980 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5981 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5982 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5983 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5984 //
5985 //   declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5986 //
5987 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5988 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5989 // bytes.
5990 //
5991 namespace {
5992 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5993 public:
5994   SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5995 
5996 private:
5997   ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
5998   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5999   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6000                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6001 
6002   // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6003   // serves two purposes:
6004   //
6005   // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6006   //    in registers.
6007   // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6008   //    code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6009   //
6010   // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6011   // aligned 32-bit floats.
6012   //
6013   struct CoerceBuilder {
6014     llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6015     const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6016     SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6017     uint64_t Size;
6018     bool InReg;
6019 
6020     CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6021       : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6022 
6023     // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6024     void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6025       assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6026       if (ToSize == Size)
6027         return;
6028 
6029       // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6030       uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6031       if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6032         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6033         Size = Aligned;
6034       }
6035 
6036       // Add whole 64-bit words.
6037       while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6038         Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6039         Size += 64;
6040       }
6041 
6042       // Final in-word padding.
6043       if (Size < ToSize) {
6044         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6045         Size = ToSize;
6046       }
6047     }
6048 
6049     // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6050     void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6051       // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6052       if (Offset % Bits)
6053         return;
6054       // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6055       if (Bits < 64)
6056         InReg = true;
6057       pad(Offset);
6058       Elems.push_back(Ty);
6059       Size = Offset + Bits;
6060     }
6061 
6062     // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6063     void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6064       const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6065       for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6066         llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6067         uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6068         switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6069         case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6070           addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6071           break;
6072         case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6073           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6074           break;
6075         case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6076           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6077           break;
6078         case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6079           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6080           break;
6081         case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6082           if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6083             pad(ElemOffset);
6084             Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6085             Size += 64;
6086           }
6087           break;
6088         default:
6089           break;
6090         }
6091       }
6092     }
6093 
6094     // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6095     bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6096       if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
6097         return false;
6098       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
6099         if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
6100           return false;
6101       return true;
6102     }
6103 
6104     // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6105     llvm::Type *getType() const {
6106       if (Elems.size() == 1)
6107         return Elems.front();
6108       else
6109         return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6110     }
6111   };
6112 };
6113 } // end anonymous namespace
6114 
6115 ABIArgInfo
6116 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6117   if (Ty->isVoidType())
6118     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6119 
6120   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6121 
6122   // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6123   // pointer / sret pointer.
6124   if (Size > SizeLimit)
6125     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6126 
6127   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6128   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6129     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6130 
6131   // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6132   if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6133     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6134 
6135   // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6136   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6137     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6138 
6139   // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6140   // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6141   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6142     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6143 
6144   // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
6145   // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6146   llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6147   if (!StrTy)
6148     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6149 
6150   CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6151   CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6152   CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6153 
6154   // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6155   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6156 
6157   if (CB.InReg)
6158     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6159   else
6160     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
6161 }
6162 
6163 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6164                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6165   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6166   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6167   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6168     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6169 
6170   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6171   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6172   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6173   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6174   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6175   llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6176   unsigned Stride;
6177 
6178   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6179   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6180   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6181     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6182 
6183   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6184     Stride = 8;
6185     ArgAddr = Builder
6186       .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6187                           "extend");
6188     break;
6189 
6190   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6191     Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6192     ArgAddr = Addr;
6193     break;
6194 
6195   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6196     Stride = 8;
6197     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6198                                     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6199                                     "indirect");
6200     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6201     break;
6202 
6203   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6204     return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6205   }
6206 
6207   // Update VAList.
6208   Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6209   Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6210 
6211   return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
6212 }
6213 
6214 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6215   FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
6216   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6217     I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
6218 }
6219 
6220 namespace {
6221 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6222 public:
6223   SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6224     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6225 
6226   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6227     return 14;
6228   }
6229 
6230   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6231                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
6232 };
6233 } // end anonymous namespace
6234 
6235 bool
6236 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6237                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6238   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6239   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6240 
6241   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6242 
6243   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6244   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6245   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6246 
6247   // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6248   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6249 
6250   // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6251   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6252 
6253   //   Y   = 64
6254   //   PSR = 65
6255   //   WIM = 66
6256   //   TBR = 67
6257   //   PC  = 68
6258   //   NPC = 69
6259   //   FSR = 70
6260   //   CSR = 71
6261   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6262 
6263   // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6264   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6265 
6266   return false;
6267 }
6268 
6269 
6270 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6271 // XCore ABI Implementation
6272 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6273 
6274 namespace {
6275 
6276 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6277 /// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6278 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6279 
6280 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6281 ///
6282 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6283 ///   1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6284 ///   2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6285 ///
6286 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6287 ///   NonRecursive:   The type encoding is not recursive;
6288 ///   Recursive:      The type encoding is recursive;
6289 ///   Incomplete:     An incomplete TypeString;
6290 ///   IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6291 ///                   Recursive type encoding.
6292 ///
6293 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6294 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6295 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6296 /// the type is encountered.
6297 ///
6298 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6299 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6300 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6301 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6302 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6303 ///
6304 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6305 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6306 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6307 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6308 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6309 ///
6310 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6311 ///
6312 ///   If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6313 ///   cached encoding is used;
6314 ///
6315 ///   If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6316 ///   cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6317 ///
6318 ///   If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6319 ///   cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6320 ///
6321 ///   Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6322 ///   entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6323 ///   it is swapped back in;
6324 ///
6325 ///   If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6326 ///   entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6327 ///   IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6328 ///
6329 ///   If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6330 ///   IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6331 ///   Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6332 ///   been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6333 ///
6334 class TypeStringCache {
6335   enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6336   struct Entry {
6337     std::string Str;     // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6338     enum Status State;   // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6339     std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6340                          // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6341   };
6342   std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6343   unsigned IncompleteCount;     // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6344   unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6345 public:
6346   TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
6347   void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6348   bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6349   void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6350                      bool IsRecursive);
6351   StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6352 };
6353 
6354 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
6355 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6356 class FieldEncoding {
6357   bool HasName;
6358   std::string Enc;
6359 public:
6360   FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6361   StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6362   bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6363     if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6364     return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6365   }
6366 };
6367 
6368 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6369 public:
6370   XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
6371   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6372                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6373 };
6374 
6375 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6376   mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
6377 public:
6378   XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6379     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6380   void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6381                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6382 };
6383 
6384 } // End anonymous namespace.
6385 
6386 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6387                                      CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6388   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6389 
6390   // Get the VAList.
6391   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6392                                                        CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6393   llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
6394 
6395   // Handle the argument.
6396   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6397   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6398   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6399     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6400   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6401   llvm::Value *Val;
6402   uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
6403   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6404   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6405   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6406     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6407   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6408     Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6409     ArgSize = 0;
6410     break;
6411   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6412   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6413     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6414     ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6415     if (ArgSize < 4)
6416       ArgSize = 4;
6417     break;
6418   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6419     llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6420     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6421     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
6422     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6423     ArgSize = 4;
6424     break;
6425   }
6426 
6427   // Increment the VAList.
6428   if (ArgSize) {
6429     llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6430     Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6431   }
6432   return Val;
6433 }
6434 
6435 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6436 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6437 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6438 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6439 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6440 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6441                                     std::string StubEnc) {
6442   if (!ID)
6443     return;
6444   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6445   assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6446          "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6447   assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6448   E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6449   E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6450   E.State = Incomplete;
6451   ++IncompleteCount;
6452 }
6453 
6454 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6455 /// must be removed from the cache.
6456 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6457 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6458 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6459   if (!ID)
6460     return false;
6461   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6462   assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6463   Entry &E = I->second;
6464   assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6465            E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6466          "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6467   bool IsRecursive = false;
6468   if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6469     // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6470     IsRecursive = true;
6471     --IncompleteUsedCount;
6472   }
6473   if (E.Swapped.empty())
6474     Map.erase(I);
6475   else {
6476     // Swap the Recursive back.
6477     E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6478     E.Swapped.clear();
6479     E.State = Recursive;
6480   }
6481   --IncompleteCount;
6482   return IsRecursive;
6483 }
6484 
6485 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6486 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6487 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6488                                     bool IsRecursive) {
6489   if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6490     return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6491   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6492   if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6493     assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6494            "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6495     // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6496     // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6497     // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6498     return;
6499   }
6500   assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6501   E.Str = Str.str();
6502   E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6503 }
6504 
6505 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6506 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6507 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6508 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6509   if (!ID)
6510     return StringRef();   // We have no key.
6511   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6512   if (I == Map.end())
6513     return StringRef();   // We have no encoding.
6514   Entry &E = I->second;
6515   if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6516     return StringRef();   // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6517 
6518   if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6519     // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6520     E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6521     ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6522   }
6523   return E.Str.c_str();
6524 }
6525 
6526 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6527 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6528 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6529 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6530 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6531 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6532 ///
6533 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6534 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6535 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6536 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6537 ///
6538 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6539                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6540 
6541 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6542 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6543                                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6544   SmallStringEnc Enc;
6545   if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6546     llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6547     llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6548     MDVals.push_back(GV);
6549     MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6550     llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6551       CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6552     MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6553   }
6554 }
6555 
6556 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6557                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6558                        TypeStringCache &TSC);
6559 
6560 /// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6561 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6562 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6563                              const RecordDecl *RD,
6564                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6565                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6566   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
6567     SmallStringEnc Enc;
6568     Enc += "m(";
6569     Enc += Field->getName();
6570     Enc += "){";
6571     if (Field->isBitField()) {
6572       Enc += "b(";
6573       llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6574       OS.resync();
6575       OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6576       OS.flush();
6577       Enc += ':';
6578     }
6579     if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6580       return false;
6581     if (Field->isBitField())
6582       Enc += ')';
6583     Enc += '}';
6584     FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
6585   }
6586   return true;
6587 }
6588 
6589 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6590 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6591 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6592 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6593                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6594                              TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6595   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6596   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6597   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6598     Enc += TypeString;
6599     return true;
6600   }
6601 
6602   // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6603   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6604   Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6605   Enc += '(';
6606   if (ID)
6607     Enc += ID->getName();
6608   Enc += "){";
6609 
6610   // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6611   bool IsRecursive = false;
6612   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6613   if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6614     // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6615     // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6616     // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
6617     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6618     std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6619     StubEnc += '}';  // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6620     TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6621     if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6622       (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6623       return false;
6624     }
6625     IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6626     // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6627     // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6628     if (RT->isUnionType())
6629       std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6630     // We can now complete the TypeString.
6631     unsigned E = FE.size();
6632     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6633       if (I)
6634         Enc += ',';
6635       Enc += FE[I].str();
6636     }
6637   }
6638   Enc += '}';
6639   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6640   return true;
6641 }
6642 
6643 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6644 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6645                            TypeStringCache &TSC,
6646                            const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6647   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6648   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6649   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6650     Enc += TypeString;
6651     return true;
6652   }
6653 
6654   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6655   Enc += "e(";
6656   if (ID)
6657     Enc += ID->getName();
6658   Enc += "){";
6659 
6660   // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
6661   if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
6662     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6663     for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6664          ++I) {
6665       SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6666       EnumEnc += "m(";
6667       EnumEnc += I->getName();
6668       EnumEnc += "){";
6669       I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6670       EnumEnc += '}';
6671       FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6672     }
6673     std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6674     unsigned E = FE.size();
6675     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6676       if (I)
6677         Enc += ',';
6678       Enc += FE[I].str();
6679     }
6680   }
6681   Enc += '}';
6682   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6683   return true;
6684 }
6685 
6686 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6687 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6688 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6689   // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6690   static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6691   int Lookup = 0;
6692   if (QT.isConstQualified())
6693     Lookup += 1<<0;
6694   if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6695     Lookup += 1<<1;
6696   if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6697     Lookup += 1<<2;
6698   Enc += Table[Lookup];
6699 }
6700 
6701 /// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6702 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6703   const char *EncType;
6704   switch (BT->getKind()) {
6705     case BuiltinType::Void:
6706       EncType = "0";
6707       break;
6708     case BuiltinType::Bool:
6709       EncType = "b";
6710       break;
6711     case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6712       EncType = "uc";
6713       break;
6714     case BuiltinType::UChar:
6715       EncType = "uc";
6716       break;
6717     case BuiltinType::SChar:
6718       EncType = "sc";
6719       break;
6720     case BuiltinType::UShort:
6721       EncType = "us";
6722       break;
6723     case BuiltinType::Short:
6724       EncType = "ss";
6725       break;
6726     case BuiltinType::UInt:
6727       EncType = "ui";
6728       break;
6729     case BuiltinType::Int:
6730       EncType = "si";
6731       break;
6732     case BuiltinType::ULong:
6733       EncType = "ul";
6734       break;
6735     case BuiltinType::Long:
6736       EncType = "sl";
6737       break;
6738     case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6739       EncType = "ull";
6740       break;
6741     case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6742       EncType = "sll";
6743       break;
6744     case BuiltinType::Float:
6745       EncType = "ft";
6746       break;
6747     case BuiltinType::Double:
6748       EncType = "d";
6749       break;
6750     case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6751       EncType = "ld";
6752       break;
6753     default:
6754       return false;
6755   }
6756   Enc += EncType;
6757   return true;
6758 }
6759 
6760 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6761 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6762                               const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6763                               TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6764   Enc += "p(";
6765   if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6766     return false;
6767   Enc += ')';
6768   return true;
6769 }
6770 
6771 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
6772 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6773                             const ArrayType *AT,
6774                             const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6775                             TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6776   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6777     return false;
6778   Enc += "a(";
6779   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6780     CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6781   else
6782     Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6783   Enc += ':';
6784   // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6785   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6786   if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6787     return false;
6788   Enc += ')';
6789   return true;
6790 }
6791 
6792 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6793 /// and the arguments.
6794 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6795                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6796                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6797   Enc += "f{";
6798   if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6799     return false;
6800   Enc += "}(";
6801   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6802     // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6803     auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6804     auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6805     if (I != E) {
6806       do {
6807         if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6808           return false;
6809         ++I;
6810         if (I != E)
6811           Enc += ',';
6812       } while (I != E);
6813       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6814         Enc += ",va";
6815     } else {
6816       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6817         Enc += "va";
6818       else
6819         Enc += '0';
6820     }
6821   }
6822   Enc += ')';
6823   return true;
6824 }
6825 
6826 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6827 /// type encodings.
6828 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6829                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6830                        TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6831 
6832   QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6833 
6834   if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6835     // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6836     // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6837     return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6838 
6839   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6840 
6841   if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6842     return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6843 
6844   if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6845     return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6846 
6847   if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6848     return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6849 
6850   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6851     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6852 
6853   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6854     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6855 
6856   if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6857     return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6858 
6859   return false;
6860 }
6861 
6862 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6863                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6864   if (!D)
6865     return false;
6866 
6867   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6868     if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6869       return false;
6870     return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6871   }
6872 
6873   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6874     if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6875       return false;
6876     QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6877     if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6878       // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
6879       // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6880       // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6881       return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
6882     }
6883     return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6884   }
6885   return false;
6886 }
6887 
6888 
6889 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6890 // Driver code
6891 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6892 
6893 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
6894   return getTarget().getTriple();
6895 }
6896 
6897 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
6898   return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
6899 }
6900 
6901 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
6902   if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6903     return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
6904 
6905   const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
6906   switch (Triple.getArch()) {
6907   default:
6908     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6909 
6910   case llvm::Triple::le32:
6911     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6912   case llvm::Triple::mips:
6913   case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
6914     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6915 
6916   case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6917   case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
6918     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6919 
6920   case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
6921   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
6922     AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
6923     if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
6924       Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
6925 
6926     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6927   }
6928 
6929   case llvm::Triple::arm:
6930   case llvm::Triple::armeb:
6931   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
6932   case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
6933     {
6934       ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
6935       if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
6936         Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
6937       else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
6938                (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6939                 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
6940         Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6941 
6942       switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6943         case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
6944           return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6945                    new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6946         default:
6947           return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6948                    new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6949       }
6950     }
6951 
6952   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
6953     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6954   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
6955     if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
6956       PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6957       if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
6958         Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6959 
6960       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6961                new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6962     } else
6963       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6964   case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
6965     assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
6966     PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6967     if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
6968       Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6969 
6970     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6971              new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6972   }
6973 
6974   case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6975   case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
6976     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6977 
6978   case llvm::Triple::msp430:
6979     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6980 
6981   case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6982     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6983 
6984   case llvm::Triple::tce:
6985     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6986 
6987   case llvm::Triple::x86: {
6988     bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6989     bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6990         X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
6991     bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
6992 
6993     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
6994       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6995                new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6996                                               IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6997                                               IsWin32FloatStructABI,
6998                                               CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
6999     } else {
7000       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7001                new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7002                                            IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7003                                            IsWin32FloatStructABI,
7004                                            CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7005     }
7006   }
7007 
7008   case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
7009     bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
7010 
7011     switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7012     case llvm::Triple::Win32:
7013       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7014                    new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7015     case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
7016       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7017                    new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7018     default:
7019       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7020                    new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7021     }
7022   }
7023   case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7024     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7025   case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7026     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7027   case llvm::Triple::xcore:
7028     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7029   }
7030 }
7031